WO2019087883A1 - Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper - Google Patents

Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019087883A1
WO2019087883A1 PCT/JP2018/039435 JP2018039435W WO2019087883A1 WO 2019087883 A1 WO2019087883 A1 WO 2019087883A1 JP 2018039435 W JP2018039435 W JP 2018039435W WO 2019087883 A1 WO2019087883 A1 WO 2019087883A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
compound
acid
antiviral
composition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/039435
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
寛記 杉浦
知昭 吉岡
尚俊 佐藤
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2019551183A priority Critical patent/JPWO2019087883A1/en
Publication of WO2019087883A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019087883A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N25/00Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests
    • A01N25/02Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests containing liquids as carriers, diluents or solvents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N25/00Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests
    • A01N25/02Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests containing liquids as carriers, diluents or solvents
    • A01N25/04Dispersions, emulsions, suspoemulsions, suspension concentrates or gels
    • A01N25/06Aerosols
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N25/00Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests
    • A01N25/34Shaped forms, e.g. sheets, not provided for in any other sub-group of this main group
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N31/00Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic oxygen or sulfur compounds
    • A01N31/08Oxygen or sulfur directly attached to an aromatic ring system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N31/00Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic oxygen or sulfur compounds
    • A01N31/08Oxygen or sulfur directly attached to an aromatic ring system
    • A01N31/16Oxygen or sulfur directly attached to an aromatic ring system with two or more oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached to the same aromatic ring system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N33/00Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic nitrogen compounds
    • A01N33/16Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic nitrogen compounds containing nitrogen-to-oxygen bonds
    • A01N33/18Nitro compounds
    • A01N33/20Nitro compounds containing oxygen or sulfur attached to the carbon skeleton containing the nitro group
    • A01N33/22Nitro compounds containing oxygen or sulfur attached to the carbon skeleton containing the nitro group having at least one oxygen or sulfur atom and at least one nitro group directly attached to the same aromatic ring system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N37/00Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most two bonds to halogen, e.g. carboxylic acids
    • A01N37/36Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most two bonds to halogen, e.g. carboxylic acids containing at least one carboxylic group or a thio analogue, or a derivative thereof, and a singly bound oxygen or sulfur atom attached to the same carbon skeleton, this oxygen or sulfur atom not being a member of a carboxylic group or of a thio analogue, or of a derivative thereof, e.g. hydroxy-carboxylic acids
    • A01N37/38Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most two bonds to halogen, e.g. carboxylic acids containing at least one carboxylic group or a thio analogue, or a derivative thereof, and a singly bound oxygen or sulfur atom attached to the same carbon skeleton, this oxygen or sulfur atom not being a member of a carboxylic group or of a thio analogue, or of a derivative thereof, e.g. hydroxy-carboxylic acids having at least one oxygen or sulfur atom attached to an aromatic ring system
    • A01N37/40Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most two bonds to halogen, e.g. carboxylic acids containing at least one carboxylic group or a thio analogue, or a derivative thereof, and a singly bound oxygen or sulfur atom attached to the same carbon skeleton, this oxygen or sulfur atom not being a member of a carboxylic group or of a thio analogue, or of a derivative thereof, e.g. hydroxy-carboxylic acids having at least one oxygen or sulfur atom attached to an aromatic ring system having at least one carboxylic group or a thio analogue, or a derivative thereof, and one oxygen or sulfur atom attached to the same aromatic ring system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N41/00Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a sulfur atom bound to a hetero atom
    • A01N41/02Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a sulfur atom bound to a hetero atom containing a sulfur-to-oxygen double bond
    • A01N41/04Sulfonic acids; Derivatives thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N43/00Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds
    • A01N43/02Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with one or more oxygen or sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • A01N43/04Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with one or more oxygen or sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms with one hetero atom
    • A01N43/14Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with one or more oxygen or sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms with one hetero atom six-membered rings
    • A01N43/16Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with one or more oxygen or sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms with one hetero atom six-membered rings with oxygen as the ring hetero atom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N43/00Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds
    • A01N43/34Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • A01N43/40Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom six-membered rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N43/00Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds
    • A01N43/90Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having two or more relevant hetero rings, condensed among themselves or with a common carbocyclic ring system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N61/00Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing substances of unknown or undetermined composition, e.g. substances characterised only by the mode of action
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/045Hydroxy compounds, e.g. alcohols; Salts thereof, e.g. alcoholates
    • A61K31/05Phenols
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/075Ethers or acetals
    • A61K31/085Ethers or acetals having an ether linkage to aromatic ring nuclear carbon
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13Amines
    • A61K31/15Oximes (>C=N—O—); Hydrazines (>N—N<); Hydrazones (>N—N=) ; Imines (C—N=C)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/185Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
    • A61K31/19Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid
    • A61K31/192Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having aromatic groups, e.g. sulindac, 2-aryl-propionic acids, ethacrynic acid 
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/21Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
    • A61K31/215Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids
    • A61K31/235Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids having an aromatic ring attached to a carboxyl group
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/35Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/351Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with another ring
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/35Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/352Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. methantheline 
    • A61K31/3533,4-Dihydrobenzopyrans, e.g. chroman, catechin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4409Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof only substituted in position 4, e.g. isoniazid, iproniazid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/525Isoalloxazines, e.g. riboflavins, vitamin B2
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7028Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages
    • A61K31/7034Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages attached to a carbocyclic compound, e.g. phloridzin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/08Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing oxygen, e.g. ethers, acetals, ketones, quinones, aldehydes, peroxides
    • A61K47/10Alcohols; Phenols; Salts thereof, e.g. glycerol; Polyethylene glycols [PEG]; Poloxamers; PEG/POE alkyl ethers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/08Solutions
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an antiviral composition, an anti-norovirus composition, a spray and a wiper.
  • Viruses unlike bacteria having a cell structure and microorganisms such as fungi, have no cell structure and are a structure having a genome in a coat protein called capsid. Viruses are roughly divided into two types depending on whether the genome is DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) or RNA (ribonucleic acid), and the enveloped virus is composed of an envelope consisting of a lipid bilayer and a capsid consisting of a lipid bilayer membrane, and the non-enveloped case. It is further classified according to whether it is a membrane virus.
  • DNA-type filmed viruses such as human herpes virus and hepatitis B virus
  • DNA-type non-film viruses such as adenovirus
  • B19 virus such as RNA-type filmed viruses
  • Non-membrane viruses of the RNA type such as influenza virus and SARS (severe acute respiratory syndrome) coronavirus, include norovirus, polio virus, enterovirus and the like.
  • Patent Document 1 as the antiviral composition, “a composition containing a combination of alcohol, docusate salt and geraniol, and the composition is applied to a certain surface, and the composition is applied on the surface A composition comprising a combination of an effective amount of an alcohol, docusate salt and geraniol which can at least substantially reduce the number of microorganisms which are viruses, bacteria, fungi, yeasts, molds or combinations thereof. .
  • the present inventors prepared the composition described in the example column of Patent Document 1, and prepared feline calicivirus (a genomic composition, capsid structure and biochemical characteristics similar to norovirus, similar to norovirus). As a result, the antiviral activity against the virus which is the most widely used substitute virus at present is examined, and it is clarified that there is room for further improvement of the antiviral activity.
  • this invention makes it a subject to provide the composition for antivirals excellent in the antiviral activity.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an anti-norovirus composition, a spray and a wiper using the above-mentioned composition for antivirals.
  • One or more types of phenolic compounds selected from the group consisting of the following compound A, the following compound B, and the following compound C, A solvent containing at least an alcohol, pH is more than 9.5 and less than 14.0, Does not contain compounds having two or more hydroxyl groups in the same aromatic ring group, Antiviral composition.
  • Compound A a compound represented by Formula (1) described later
  • Compound B a residue obtained by removing one or two hydrogen atoms other than a hydrogen atom in a hydroxyl group in a compound represented by Formula (2) described later
  • a compound containing two or more compounds C a compound represented by the formula (3) described later
  • pKa of the compound A, pKa of the compound B, and pKa of the compound C are all 10.0 or more
  • the antiviral composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the pKa of the compound A, the pKa of the compound B, and the pKa of the compound C are all 10.5 or more.
  • [4] The antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the pKa of the compound A, the pKa of the compound B, and the pKa of the compound C are all 11.5 or more. .
  • [5] The compound according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the ClogP value of Compound A, the ClogP value of Compound B, and the ClogP value of Compound C are all 5.00 to 20.00.
  • Antiviral composition [6] The compound according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the ClogP value of Compound A, the ClogP value of Compound B, and the ClogP value of Compound C are all 7.00 to 15.00. Antiviral composition.
  • [7] The compound according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the compound represented by Formula (1) is a compound represented by Formula (4) described later or Formula (5) described later.
  • Composition for virus [8] The antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the content of the alcohol is 30 to 100% by volume based on the total volume of the solvent. [9] The antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the solvent contains an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms. [10] The antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [9], further comprising a quaternary ammonium salt.
  • An anti-norovirus composition comprising the antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [15].
  • a spray comprising: a spray container; and the antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [15] housed in the spray container.
  • a wiper comprising: a base fabric; and the antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [15] impregnated in the base fabric.
  • an antiviral composition having excellent antiviral activity can be provided. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide an anti-norovirus composition, a spray and a wiper using the above-mentioned composition for antivirals.
  • a numerical range represented using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • (meth) acrylate is a concept including either or both of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • substituents etc. when there are a plurality of substituents and linking groups etc. (hereinafter referred to as substituents etc.) represented by specific symbols, or when a plurality of substituents etc.
  • each substituent is It means that they may be the same as or different from each other. The same applies to the definition of the number of substituents and the like.
  • the notations not describing substitution and non-substitution include those having no substituent and those having a substituent.
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the antiviral composition of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as “the composition of the present invention”) is At least one phenolic compound selected from the group consisting of the following compound A, the following compound B, and the following compound C (hereinafter simply referred to simply as "specific phenolic compounds”);
  • a solvent containing at least an alcohol, pH is more than 9.5 and less than 14.0, It does not contain a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups in the same aromatic ring group.
  • Compound A a compound represented by Formula (1) described later
  • Compound B a residue obtained by removing one or two hydrogen atoms other than a hydrogen atom in a hydroxyl group in a compound represented by Formula (2) described later
  • the present inventors are particularly directed to antiviral activity (in particular, against feline calicivirus (a related species of norovirus). It has been confirmed that the antiviral activity) is remarkably excellent.
  • anti-viral application is intended to be used for acting on a virus to reduce the activity of the virus.
  • the present inventors speculate as follows.
  • the specific phenolic compound functions as an active ingredient. It is speculated that the specific phenolic compound becomes a phenoxy anion in which the phenolic hydroxyl group is dissociated at a pH of more than 9.5, which inactivates the virus.
  • the inventors also believe that the alcohol in the composition also contributes to the inactivation of the virus. It is considered that the composition of the present invention is remarkably excellent in antiviral activity (in particular, antiviral activity against feline calicivirus (related species of norovirus)) due to the above-mentioned action mechanism being synergistic.
  • pH is 14.0 or less.
  • the composition of the present invention is preferably used as an anti-norovirus composition, in particular, because it is excellent in antiviral activity against feline calicivirus (a related species of norovirus).
  • the antiviral composition of the present invention does not contain a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups in the same aromatic ring group. In other words, it does not include a compound having an aromatic ring group having two or more hydroxyl groups (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific group X”) (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific compound X”).
  • the specific group X may be a monovalent group or a divalent or higher group.
  • a ring which comprises the said aromatic ring group an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocyclic ring are mentioned.
  • the number of the specific groups X contained in the specific compound X is not particularly limited, but may be one or two or more.
  • Specific compounds X include, for example, gallic acid and gallic acid esters and derivatives thereof (eg, epigallocatechin gallate, tannic acid, persimmon tannin, ellagic acid etc.), anthocyanins (eg, olanninidin, cyanidin, delphinidin, European Pinidin, Rutheolinidin, Petunidin, Proanthocyanidin etc., Flavonoids and Flavones (eg quercetin, rutin, theaflavin, catechins, myricetin, luteolin, gallocatechol, isoquercitrin and myricitrin etc.), phenolic terpenoids (rosmanol, carnosol And carnosic acid etc., hematoxylin, chlorogenic acid, and santarin etc.
  • gallic acid and gallic acid esters and derivatives thereof eg, epigallocatechin gallate, tannic acid, persimmon tannin, ella
  • composition of the present invention contains one or more phenol compounds selected from the group consisting of the following compound A, the following compound B, and the following compound C.
  • Compound A compound represented by the formula (1)
  • Compound B two or more residues in the compound represented by the formula (2) from which one or two hydrogen atoms other than hydrogen atoms in hydroxyl groups have been removed
  • Compound Containing Compound C Compound Represented by Formula (3)
  • the composition of the present invention is a phenolic compound and at least one phenol compound selected from the group consisting of Compound A, Compound B, and Compound C. It is preferred to include only the compound.
  • R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 11 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the following Substituent Group T (however, except for a hydroxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group).
  • an alkyl group preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • an alkenyl group preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms
  • an alkynyl group preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms
  • an aryl group preferably Aryl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms
  • heteroaryl group preferably heteroaryl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms
  • the heteroaryl group for example, pyridyl group, pyrimidyl group, pyrazyl group, oxazolyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrazolyl group, thiazolyl group, triazinyl group, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, quinoxalyl group, cinnolyl group, and pteridyl group Groups, etc.
  • An alkylamino group or an arylamino group such as amino, N, N-dimethylamino, N
  • R 111 to R 118 independently represents a monovalent substituent.
  • R 111 to R 118 include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups (which may be linear, branched or cyclic), and aryl groups. (Preferably an aryl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms) or a heteroaryl group (preferably a heteroaryl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) 5 or 6-membered ring having at least one oxygen atom, sulfur atom, or nitrogen atom Are more preferable).
  • R 119 to R 133 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • Specific examples of the monovalent substituent represented by R 119 to R 133 include those exemplified as the monovalent substituent represented by R 111 to R 118 above.
  • Each of R 134 to R 136 independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic).
  • Ar is an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms) or a heteroaryl group (preferably a heteroaryl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) at least one oxygen atom, sulfur atom or nitrogen atom (5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group is more preferable).
  • the groups exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T may be further substituted in each of the groups mentioned as the substituent group T, R 119 to R 133 , R 134 to R 136 and Ar.
  • the said substituent is an acidic group or a basic group, you may form the salt.
  • the compound, the substituent, the linking group and the like contain an alkyl group, an alkylene group, an alkenyl group, an alkenylene group, an alkynyl group, an alkynylene group and the like, they may be linear, branched or cyclic. And may be substituted or unsubstituted as described above.
  • R 11 represents a hydroxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T.
  • R 11 represents a hydroxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T.
  • a hydroxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T combine with a residue obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from the substituents exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T to form a substituent the substituents are allowable as substituents represented by R 11.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 11 in the above formula (1) includes an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) and an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) , An alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), an amido group (-CONR 119 R 120 , -NR 121 COR 122 ), an acyl group ( -COR 112 ), acyloxy group (-OCOR 113 ), sulfonamide group (-SO 2 NR 114 R 115 , -NR 114 SO 2 R 115 ), sulfonic acid group or salt thereof, carboxy group or salt thereof, phosphoric acid group Or a salt thereof, a halogen atom (fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine is preferred), an acetal group, a
  • substituent group T may be further substituted by the groups exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T.
  • substituent group T specific examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). Alkoxy groups), sulfonic acid groups or salts thereof, carboxy groups or salts thereof, phosphoric acid groups or salts thereof, amino groups (preferably amino groups having 0 to 20 carbon atoms), halogen atoms and the like can be mentioned.
  • the above R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 12 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned Substituent Group T (except for the hydroxyl group).
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 12 in the above formula (1) includes an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) and an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) , An alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (-CO 2 R 112 ), an amido group (-CONR 119 R) 120 , -NR 121 COR 122 ), acyl group (-COR 112 ), acyloxy group (-OCOR 113 ), sulfonamide group (-SO 2 NR 114 R 115 , -NR 114 SO 2 R 115 ), sulfonic acid group or The salt, carboxy group or salt thereof, phosphoric acid group or salt thereof, halogen atom (fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iod
  • substituent group T may be further substituted by the groups exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T.
  • substituent group T an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and an aryl or heteroaryl azo group have a substituent, specifically, a hydroxyl group (except phenolic hydroxyl group), and an alkoxy group (preferably) are mentioned as a substituent And C 1 -C 20 alkoxy groups), sulfonic acid groups or salts thereof, carboxy groups or salts thereof, phosphoric acid groups or salts thereof, halogen atoms and the like.
  • R 12 is preferably a group other than a carboxy group, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • a plurality of R 12 s , and R 11 and R 12 may be linked to each other to form a ring structure.
  • the ring structure may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
  • it may contain a hetero atom.
  • the type of hetero atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom.
  • Y 1 to Y 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. Among them, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable from the viewpoint of easier handling.
  • t represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • Ra, Rb and Rc each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, or Represents a heteroaryl group.
  • the above ring structure further has a substituent (for example, one exemplified in the substituent group T).
  • R 12 's or R 11 and R 12 bond to each other to form a ring
  • carbon in monovalent substituents represented by R 11 and R 12 An embodiment in which atoms selected from atoms, nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms bond to each other to form a ring can be mentioned.
  • atoms selected from atoms, nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms bond to each other to form a ring can be mentioned.
  • two adjacent R 12 's are both alkenyl groups (eg, vinyl groups)
  • a benzene ring when terminal carbon atoms in the respective alkenyl groups are bonded to each other, a benzene ring can be formed.
  • an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring can be formed when terminal carbon atoms in the respective alkyl groups are bonded to each other.
  • R ⁇ 12 > when there exist two or more R ⁇ 12 >, they may be same or different, respectively.
  • the compound A is preferably a compound containing only one phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (4) or a compound represented by the following formula (5) is more preferable.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 4 is not particularly limited but, for example, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic, and has 1 to 20 carbon atoms) And the like, for example, an alkylene group, which may also be an alkenylene group or an alkynylene group), -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -NR A -,- CO- and groups in which two or more of these are combined (eg, -CH 2 CO 2- , -CH 2 CONR A-, etc.) can be mentioned.
  • R A represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20).
  • a divalent linking group represented by L 4 among others, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —NR A ⁇ , —CO—, or these are preferably composed of a combination of at least two groups, an alkylene group, -O -, - CO -, - OCO -, - SO 2 -NR a -, - NR a SO 2 -, - CO-NR a -, - CH 2 CO 2- , -CH 2 CONR A- , or -NR A -CO- is more preferable.
  • the hydrogen atom in the said bivalent coupling group may be substituted by other substituents, such as a halogen atom.
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 4 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T.
  • R 4 represents a monovalent substituent other than hydroxyl group.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 4 in the above formula (4) is an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) or an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) ,
  • An alkynyl group preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms
  • an alkoxy group preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • a sulfonic acid group or a salt thereof a carboxy group or a salt thereof, a phosphoric acid group or a salt thereof
  • a halogen atom fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine is preferred
  • an acetal group a nitro group
  • an amino group preferably an amino group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms
  • These groups may be further substituted by the groups exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T.
  • substituent group T when the said alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and an aryl or heteroaryl azo group have a substituent, specifically, a hydroxyl group (except phenolic hydroxyl group), and an alkoxy group (preferably) are mentioned as a substituent And C 1 -C 20 alkoxy groups), sulfonic acid groups or salts thereof, carboxy groups or salts thereof, phosphoric acid groups or salts thereof, halogen atoms and the like.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 4 in the above formula (4) is preferably a hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the alkynyl group and the aralkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the group which substituted one of the hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group mentioned above by the aryl group mentioned above is mentioned.
  • Specific examples of the aralkyl group include benzyl group, phenethyl group and naphthylmethyl group.
  • the group represented by -L 4 -R 4 is neither a hydroxyl group nor an alkoxycarbonyl group. That is, the group represented by -L 4 -R 4 is neither a hydroxyl group nor an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is 7 or more in the point that the specific phenol compound is more excellent in antiviral property by increasing the C log P value. Is preferably 8 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and particularly preferably 12 or more. The upper limit of the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 20 or less.
  • the ClogP value of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1.10 to 10.00, 4.00 to 10 .00 is preferred.
  • L 5 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 5 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified as the divalent linking group represented by L 4 .
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, or a monovalent substituent.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 5 has the same meaning as the monovalent substituent represented by R 4 in Formula (4), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the group represented by -L 5 -R 5 is not a hydroxyl group.
  • the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is 7 or more in the point that the specific phenol compound is more excellent in antiviral property by increasing the C log P value. Is preferably 8 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and particularly preferably 12 or more. The upper limit of the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 20 or less.
  • the ClogP value of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1.10 to 10.00, 4.00 to 10 .00 is preferred.
  • the compound B is also referred to as “residue of the formula (2) residue” obtained by removing one or two hydrogen atoms other than the hydrogen atom in the hydroxyl group in the compound represented by the following formula (2).
  • the compound which contains 2 or more of 2) corresponds.
  • Compound B may have a structure in which a plurality of residues of formula (2) are directly bonded to each other, or may have a structure in which a plurality of residues of formula (2) are bonded via a linking group.
  • a plurality of residues of the formula (2) present in the compound B may be identical to or different from each other.
  • the number of residues of the formula (2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 10,000.
  • the molecular weight (weight average molecular weight in the case of having a molecular weight distribution) of the compound B is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 185 to 1,000,000, and preferably 185 to 500,000.
  • a weight average molecular weight (Mw) is defined as a polystyrene conversion value by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography). Below, a residue of Formula (2) is demonstrated first.
  • R 21 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 21 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned Substituent Group T (with the exception of the hydroxyl group).
  • Each of X 22 to X 25 independently represents a nitrogen atom or —CR 22 ⁇ .
  • R 22 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 22 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned Substituent Group T (except for the hydroxyl group).
  • a plurality of R 22 's, and R 21 and R 22 may be linked to each other to form a ring structure.
  • the ring structure may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
  • it may contain a hetero atom.
  • the type of hetero atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom.
  • R 22 comrades mutually connect, or R 21 and R 22 mutually form ring structure
  • R 21 and R 22 mutually form ring structure
  • R 12 comrades mentioned above mutually mutually connect and form ring structure.
  • R ⁇ 22 > when there exist two or more R ⁇ 22 >, they may be same or different, respectively.
  • the compound represented by the above formula (2) forms a residue by removing one or two hydrogen atoms other than the hydrogen atom in the hydroxyl group specified in the formula.
  • At least one or two of X 21 to X 25 represent —CH ⁇ , and one or two of the above-mentioned —CH ⁇ It is more preferable to form a residue by removing a hydrogen atom.
  • compound B may have a structure in which a plurality of residues of formula (2) are directly bonded to each other, or may have a structure in which a plurality of residues of formula (2) are bonded via a linking group Good.
  • the compound B is a compound represented by the following formula (2A-1) or a compound represented by the following formula (2A-2) when it has a structure in which a plurality of residues of the formula (2) are linked via a linking group
  • a compound represented by the following formula (2A-3) or a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2A-4) is preferable. (Compound represented by the following formula (2A-1))
  • Y 21 is represented by a group represented by the following formula (2-1), a group represented by the following formula (2-2), or the following formula (2-3) Represents a group.
  • the group represented by the following formula (2-1), the group represented by the following formula (2-2), and the group represented by the following formula (2-3) are shown in the above formula (2).
  • Embedded image wherein at least one of X 21 to X 25 represents —CH , and a hydrogen atom in one of the —CH ⁇ ⁇ is removed and formed It corresponds to the residue.
  • M 21 represents a p-valent linking group. That is, in the formula (2A-1), a group represented by the above formula (2-1), a group represented by the above formula (2-2), or a group represented by the above formula (2-3) It corresponds to the compound which has p pieces.
  • p represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably 2 to 10, and more preferably 2 to 6.
  • the linking group represented by M 21 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the linking groups shown below.
  • the divalent linking group represented by M 21 is not particularly limited, and, for example, a divalent hydrocarbon group (even if it is a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group)
  • the divalent saturated hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkylene group.
  • the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms and includes, for example, a phenylene group Other than that, an alkenylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 20) and an alkynylene group Preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20)), a divalent heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -NR A- , -CO-, -CO 2 -and The group which combined 2 or more types of these is mentioned.
  • R A represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 10), an acyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 12), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 16), or a heteroaryl group (Preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 13).
  • the hetero ring and heteroaryl group are preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or selenium atom in the ring structure, and a 5- to 6-membered ring is preferred. More preferable.
  • the divalent linking group described above may be further substituted.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T.
  • the linking group having three or more valences represented by M 21 is not particularly limited, but, for example, carbon atoms, silicon atoms, nitrogen atoms, p-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, p-valent aromatic hydrocarbon groups, aliphatic carbons Examples thereof include p-valent groups consisting of a hydrogen group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or p-valent heterocyclic rings.
  • the number of carbon atoms contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 3 to 15, more preferably 3 to 10, and still more preferably 5 to 10.
  • the number of carbon atoms contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 18, more preferably 6 to 14, and still more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the hetero ring is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or selenium atom in the ring structure, and a 5- to 6-membered ring is more preferable.
  • the trivalent or higher linking group represented by M 21 include groups represented by the following formulas (M1) to (M11).
  • L 24 to L 69 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 24 to L 69 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the same divalent linking groups represented by M 21 described above.
  • R B represents a monovalent substituent.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R B is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T.
  • q represents an integer of 1 to 3, and 1 or 2 is more preferable. * Represents the connecting position with Y 21 described above.
  • a linear or branched carbon is particularly preferable.
  • Groups containing 7 or more hydrocarbon groups are preferable, and linear or branched groups containing 8 or more carbon hydrocarbon groups are more preferable, and linear or branched carbon atoms having 10 or more carbon atoms are preferable.
  • a group containing a hydrogen group is more preferable, a group containing a linear or branched hydrocarbon group having 12 or more carbon atoms is particularly preferable, and a group containing a branched hydrocarbon group having 12 or more carbon atoms is most preferable. .
  • the upper limit of the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 30 or less.
  • a group containing a linear or branched C7 or more hydrocarbon group a linear or branched C7 or more hydrocarbon group is mentioned, for example.
  • the ClogP value of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1.00 or more, preferably 5.00 or more, and more preferably 7.00 or more.
  • the upper limit in particular is not restrict
  • the ClogP value of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group can be determined by ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13.
  • L 21 and L 22 each represent a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 21 and L 22 has the same meaning as the divalent linking group represented by M 21 in the above formula (2A-1).
  • L 21 and L 22 a divalent linking group is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • X 21 , X 22 and X 25 have the same meanings as X 21 to X 25 in the above-mentioned formula (2).
  • R represents an integer of 1 to 6; As r, 1 to 4 is preferable, and 1 or 2 is more preferable.
  • Z 22 has the same meaning as Z 21 in the above formula (2A-2), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • L 23 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 23 has the same meaning as the divalent linking group represented by M 21 in the above formula (2A-1).
  • L 23 a divalent linking group is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • S represents an integer of 1 to 6; As r, 1 to 4 is preferable, and 1 or 2 is more preferable.
  • each of R 23 to R 25 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Y 24 has the same meaning as Y 21 in the above formula (2A-1).
  • L 72 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 72 has the same meaning as the divalent linking group represented by M 21 in the above formula (2A-1).
  • L 72 is preferably a single bond, -CO 2- , -CONR A- , -O-, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a divalent linking group combining these groups, a single bond, -CO 2 2- , -CONR A- , -O-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and a divalent linking group combining these groups are more preferable.
  • R A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 10), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 10), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 13).
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or selenium atom in the ring structure, and a 5- to 6-membered ring is more preferred.
  • the divalent linking group described above may be further substituted.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T.
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 31 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned Substituent Group T (except for the hydroxyl group).
  • Y 31 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom,> NR 32 or —CR 33 CRCR 34 —
  • R 32 , R 33 and R 34 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 32 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T. Among them, a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is preferable as R 32 , R 33 and R 34 .
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 32 , R 33 and R 34 may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 32 , R 33 and R 34 may contain a hetero atom.
  • the type of hetero atom is not particularly limited, and examples include oxygen atom, nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, selenium atom, and tellurium atom.
  • Y 1 to Y 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. Among them, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable from the viewpoint of easier handling.
  • t represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • Each of Ra, Rb and Rc independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, or a heteroaryl group having 2 to 13 carbon atoms.
  • a hetero atom When the aliphatic hydrocarbon group contains a hetero atom, —CH 2 — is substituted with a hetero atom.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 32 , R 33 and R 34 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms 6, an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and an alkynyl group (preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a carbon number) 2 to 10 are more preferable, and the carbon number is more preferably 2 to 6).
  • an alkyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the aryl group represented by R 32 , R 33 and R 34 include aryl groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group may be a single ring structure or a condensed ring structure (fused ring structure) in which two or more rings are fused.
  • a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, for example, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • heteroaryl group represented by R 32 , R 33 and R 34 examples include furyl group, thiofuryl group, pyridyl group, pyrazole group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, indolyl group, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, purine group And pyrimidyl group, pyrazyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, triazyl group, carbazolyl group, quinoxalyl group, and thiazine group.
  • a plurality of R 31 may be linked to each other to form a ring structure.
  • the ring structure may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
  • it may contain a hetero atom.
  • the type of hetero atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom.
  • an aspect which several R 31 mutually connects mutually and forms a ring structure it is the same as the aspect which several R 12 comrades mentioned above mutually mutually connect and form a ring structure.
  • the pKa of the specific phenol compound is preferably 10.0 or more in that it is more excellent in antiviral activity.
  • the pKa of compound A, the pKa of compound B, and the pKa of compound C are all preferably 10.0 or more.
  • the range of the above pKa is more preferably 10.5 or more, still more preferably 11.0 or more, and particularly preferably 11.5 or more.
  • the pH of the antiviral composition is more than 9.5 and 14.0 or less, the phenolic hydroxyl group in the specific phenolic compound becomes a phenoxide anion by dissociation of hydrogen ions.
  • the virus will be inactivated by deprotonating the acid group present on the surface of the virus, when this phenoxy anion is deprotonated on the surface of the virus, in which case the pKa of the specific phenolic compound is 10.0 or more It is presumed that the deprotonation reaction is more likely to occur. That is, when the pKa of the specific phenol compound is 10.0 or more, the antiviral activity is more excellent.
  • said compound A-said compound C are polyvalent acids accompanied by multistep dissociation, although pKa based on either dissociation should just be 10.0 or more, phenolic hydroxyl group in a specific phenolic compound is sufficient.
  • pKa derived from the dissociation of is 10.0 or more.
  • the upper limit value of the pKa of the specific phenolic compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 14.0 or less from the viewpoint that phenoxide anion is easily generated.
  • the ClogP value of the specific phenol compound is, for example, 0.50 or more, and 5.00 or more is preferable in that the antiviral activity is more excellent, and 7.00 The above is more preferable.
  • the upper limit thereof is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 20.00 or less, preferably 15.00 or less.
  • the ClogP value of the specific phenolic compound is preferably 5.00 to 20.00, more preferably 7.00 to 20.00, and still more preferably 7.00 to 15.00.
  • the specific phenolic compound is more hydrophobic (in other words, when the ClogP value of the specific compound is 5.00 or more), the antiviral activity is more excellent.
  • Viruses generally have hydrophilic and hydrophobic sites.
  • the ClogP of the specific phenolic compound can be determined by ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13.
  • the specific phenolic compound when the pH of the composition is 10.5 or less, the specific phenolic compound has a pKa of 10.5 or more, and the ClogP value of the compound itself is 7.00 or more in that the antiviral activity is more excellent.
  • the pKa is 11.5 or more, and the ClogP value of the compound itself is 5.00 or more.
  • the specific phenolic compound preferably has a pKa of 10.5 or more, more preferably a pKa of 11.5 or more.
  • the specific phenol compound is preferably compound A or compound B, more preferably compound A, in that the compound is more excellent in antiviral activity.
  • n and m represent molar ratios.
  • phenolic compound those used as food additives can also be used from the viewpoint of safety.
  • the specific phenolic compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. 0.01 mass% or more is preferable with respect to the total mass of a composition, and, as for content (The sum total when multiple types exist) of the specific phenolic compound in the composition of this invention, 0.10 mass% or more Is more preferable, and 0.31% by mass or more is particularly preferable. Moreover, 10 mass% or less is preferable, and, as for the upper limit, 5 mass% or less is more preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention contains at least an alcohol as a solvent.
  • the alcohol is not particularly limited.
  • linear, branched and cyclic alcohols having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (including ether alcohols) are preferable.
  • the above-mentioned alcohol is preferably a food additive from the viewpoint of safety, among which methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, propylene glycol acetic acid monoester, n-butanol, 2-butanol, butane -1,3-diol, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, 1-decanol, 1-penten-3-ol, 2-ethyl 1-hexanol, 2-Pentanol, 3-pentanol, 3-methyl-2-butanol, 3-methyl-2-butenol, 3-methyl-3-butanol, isoamyl alcohol, i-butanol, benzene Benzyl alcohol, citronellol, terpineol, hydroxy citronellal, or hydroxy cit
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains, as the alcohol, an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms as the variation of the antiviral activity value is further reduced.
  • Alcohols having 3 or more carbon atoms are considered to be more fat-soluble than alcohols having 2 or less carbon atoms, and to be capable of physically removing viruses and latent stains on which they reside. For this reason, when a composition in which a composition contains an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms is impregnated in a wiper and used for wiping, it is considered that the variation of the antiviral activity value becomes smaller.
  • the volume ratio of the alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms to the alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms is preferably 0.01 or more in that the antiviral activity is more excellent and / or the variation of the antiviral activity is smaller.
  • the upper limit thereof is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 5 or less, preferably 1.5 or less.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a solvent other than alcohol.
  • solvents other than alcohol water or organic solvents (except alcohol) can be mentioned.
  • the organic solvent is not particularly limited. For example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, geranyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, citronellyl acetate, cinnamyl acetate, terpinyl acetate, phenylethyl acetate, butyl acetate, acetic acid Benzyl, menthyl acetate, linalyl acetate, butyric acid, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate, cyclohexyl butyrate, ethylene dichloride, tetrahydrofuran, tolu
  • the organic solvent is preferably a food additive from the viewpoint of safety, and is acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, geranyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, citronellyl acetate, cinnamyl acetate, terpinyl acetate, phenyl acetate Ethyl, butyl acetate, benzyl acetate, menthyl acetate, linalyl acetate, butyric acid, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate, cyclohexyl butyrate, 2-methylpropanal, 2-methylbutyraldehyde, 3-methyl-2-butenal 3-methyl Butanal, l-perylaldehyde, acetaldehyde, ethyl acetoacetate, isoamy
  • the content of the solvent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.5 to 99.9% by mass, and 10 to 99.8% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition % Is more preferable, 50 to 99.8% by mass is further preferable, and 80 to 99.8% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the content of alcohol (the total of multiple alcohols, if present) is preferably 30 to 100% by volume, based on the total volume of the solvent, and more preferably 40 to 100 with respect to the antiviral activity.
  • the volume percent is more preferable, 60 to 100 volume percent or more is more preferable, and 70 to 100 volume percent is particularly preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention has a pH of more than 9.5 and 14.0 or less.
  • the antiviral activity may be inferior.
  • the pH is preferably 10.0 or more, and more preferably 10.5 or more in that the antiviral activity is more excellent.
  • pH is 14.0 or less, and 12.0 or less is preferable at the point which can suppress corrosion with respect to a metal more.
  • the pH can be measured using a bench-top pH meter "F-72S" (manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.) using a pH electrode "6337-10D” (manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.). The specific measurement method is as described later.
  • pH intends the value in 25 degreeC.
  • composition of the present invention may contain components other than the above as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
  • the optional components are not particularly limited, but, for example, bactericidal agents, disinfectants, disinfectants, surfactants, antioxidants, pH adjusters, ultraviolet absorbers, chelating agents, moisturizers, thickeners / gelling agents And preservatives, perfumes, and pigments.
  • composition of the present invention preferably contains a bactericidal agent, a disinfectant, a disinfecting agent, a surfactant, or an antioxidant, among others, from the viewpoint of being more excellent in antiviral activity, and a quaternary ammonium salt (eg, chloride) More preferably, it contains benzalkonium or the like), a surfactant, or an antioxidant.
  • the disinfectant, disinfectant and disinfectant are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include quaternary ammonium salts, metal-containing antimicrobial agents, photocatalysts, aldehyde compounds, iodo compounds, piguanide compounds, and acrinol hydrate (for example, And lactic acid 6,9-diamino-2-ethoxyacridine monohydrate) and the like.
  • quaternary ammonium salts are preferable in that they are more excellent in antiviral activity when combined with the composition of the present invention.
  • the quaternary ammonium salt is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds represented by the following formulas (4) to (7).
  • each of R 41 to R 44 independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 41 to R 44 may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 41 to R 44 may contain a hetero atom.
  • the type of hetero atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom.
  • Y 1 to Y 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. Among them, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable from the viewpoint of easier handling.
  • t represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • Ra, Rb and Rc each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon group contains a hetero atom
  • —CH 2 — is substituted with a hetero atom.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 41 to R 44 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (having 2 to 6 carbon atoms). 30 is preferable, and a carbon number of 2 to 20 is more preferable, or an alkynyl group (a carbon number of 2 to 30 is preferable, a carbon number of 2 to 20 is more preferable) and the like. Among them, an alkyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the aryl group represented by R 41 to R 44 include aryl groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group may be a single ring structure or a condensed ring structure (fused ring structure) in which two or more rings are fused.
  • a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, for example, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • the aralkyl group represented by R 41 to R 44 is not particularly limited but, for example, an aralkyl group having 7 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, and specifically, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a 1-naphthylmethyl group, 1- Examples include (1-naphthyl) ethyl group, triphenylmethyl group, and pyrenylmethyl group.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R 41 to R 44 is, for example, preferably a heteroaryl group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and examples thereof include furyl group, thiofuryl group, pyridyl group, pyrazole group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, indolyl Groups, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, purine group, pyrimidyl group, pyrazyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, triazyl group, carbazolyl group, quinoxalyl group, thiazine group and the like.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group and the heteroaryl group represented by R 41 to R 44 may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include those exemplified in the substituent group W described later.
  • X - represents a monovalent anion other than hydroxide ions.
  • a halide ion eg, F ⁇ , Cl ⁇ , Br ⁇ , I ⁇ , Br 3 ⁇ , Br 2 Cl ⁇ , I 3 ⁇ , IBr 2 ⁇ , Cl 2 Br ⁇ , HF 2 ⁇ , H 2 F 3 ⁇ , AuBr 2 ⁇ , AuCl 2 ⁇ , AuI 2 ⁇ , and FeCl 4 ⁇
  • Carboxylate anion, cyanide anion, sulfoneimide anion (N ⁇ (SO 2 R 2 ) R is a fluorine atom, a hydrocarbon group (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), or a perfluorohydrocarbon group (for example, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) Borohydride anion, dichloro
  • X - is, X in Formula (4) - has the same meaning as, preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R 51 and R 52 have the same meaning as R 41 to R 44 in the formula (4), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y 51 and Y 52 are each independently, -C (R 53) 2 - , - NR 54 -, - O -, - CO -, - CO 2 -, - S -, - SO-, or -SO 2 Represents-.
  • Y 52 is plural, Y 52 is may be the same or different.
  • R 53 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a heteroaryl group, and a halogen atom.
  • R 54 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and a heteroaryl group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aryl group, aralkyl group, and heteroaryl group represented by R 53 and R 54 are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups represented by R 41 to R 44 in formula (4), aryl group And an aralkyl group or a heteroaryl group, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aryl group, aralkyl group or heteroaryl group represented by R 53 and R 54 may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include those exemplified in the substituent group W described later.
  • Y 51 or Y 52 represents —C (R 53 ) 2 — or —NR 54 —
  • the monovalent organic group represented by R 51 is mutually linked to R 53 or R 54.
  • An aromatic or non-aromatic ring may be formed.
  • R 51 and R 52 may be linked to each other to form an aromatic or non-aromatic ring.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 18.
  • X - is, X in Formula (4) - has the same meaning as, preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R 61 has the same meaning as R 41 to R 44 in the formula (4), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R 62 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 62 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in Substituent Group W described later.
  • Y 61 to Y 65 represent CRCR 62 —
  • R 62 s to be substituted on adjacent carbon atoms are mutually linked to form an aromatic or non-aromatic ring
  • Y 61 to Y 65 represent CR 62-
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 62 is mutually linked to R 61 to form an aromatic or non-aromatic ring. It is also good.
  • X - is, X in Formula (4) - has the same meaning as, preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y 71 to Y 73 have the same meaning as Y 61 to Y 65 in the formula (6), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y 74 represents> NR 71 , a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom.
  • R 71 and R 72 have the same meaning as R 41 to R 44 in formula (4), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, and a tricycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (a cycloalkenyl group, and a bicycloalkenyl group) ), Alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group (may be referred to as heterocyclic group, including heteroaryl group), cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, silyloxy group, heterocycle Oxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group (including anilino group), ammonio group, acylamino group, aminocarbonylamino group, etc.
  • a halogen atom
  • the metal-containing antibacterial agent is not particularly limited, and any known one can be used.
  • the metal include gold, silver, copper, mercury, zinc, iron, lead, bismuth, titanium, tin, and nickel.
  • the aspect of the metal contained in the antibacterial agent containing a metal is not specifically limited, The forms, such as a metal particle, a metal ion, and a metal salt (a metal complex is included), are mentioned. Among them, gold, silver or copper is preferable as the metal in that the antibacterial property is more excellent.
  • the metal-containing antimicrobial agent may be a carrier and a metal-supported carrier containing the above-described metal supported on the carrier.
  • the type of carrier is not particularly limited, and known carriers can be used.
  • the carrier for example, inorganic oxides (eg, zeolite (crystalline aluminosilicate salt), silica gel, silicates such as clay mineral, glass (including water-soluble glass), zirconium phosphate, calcium phosphate, etc.), activated carbon , Metal carriers, organic metals and the like.
  • a silver-containing antibacterial agent As a metal-containing antibacterial agent, a silver-containing antibacterial agent is preferable in that it is more excellent in antibacterial property.
  • the antibacterial agent containing silver include silver salts such as silver nitrate, silver chloride, silver sulfate, silver lactate, and silver acetate; silver complexes such as silver ammonia complex, silver chloro complex, and silver thiosulfato complex; Particles; silver ions; silver-supported carriers on which these carriers are supported; and the like.
  • the photocatalyst is not particularly limited as long as it is a substance known to exhibit a photocatalytic action, and examples thereof include TiO 2 , SrTiO 2 , ZnO, CdS, SnO 2 , WO 3 and the like.
  • aldehyde compounds The aldehyde compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include glutaral, phthalal, formalin and the like.
  • the iodo compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include popidone iodo and iodotin.
  • the piguanide compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include chlorhexidine gluconate, chlorhexidine hydrochloride, and chlorhexidine acetate.
  • the germicide, disinfectant and disinfectant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a bactericidal agent, a disinfectant agent, and / or a bacteriostatic agent
  • the content of the bactericidal agent, the disinfectant agent, and the bactericidal agent is 0.001 to 10% by mass is preferable, 0.01 to 3% by mass is more preferable, and 0.01 to 1% by mass is more preferable with respect to the total mass.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a surfactant and / or an emulsifier.
  • a surfactant and / or an emulsifying agent When the composition of the present invention containing a surfactant and / or an emulsifying agent is used as a wiper by impregnating the base fabric with the composition of the present invention as a wiper, there are few unprinted parts and excellent cleaning properties.
  • the surfactant and the emulsifying agent are not particularly limited, but, for example, an ionic surfactant such as an anionic surfactant and a cationic surfactant (however, a quaternary ammonium salt may be added to the ionic surfactant mentioned herein) Not included), as well as nonionic surfactants and the like.
  • an ionic surfactant such as an anionic surfactant and a cationic surfactant (however, a quaternary ammonium salt may be added to the ionic surfactant mentioned herein) Not included), as well as nonionic surfactants and the like.
  • ionic surfactants examples include alkyl sulfates (such as sodium dodecyl sulfate), alkyl benzene sulfonates (such as sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate), alkyl phosphates, and cholates (such as sodium deoxycholate and sodium lithocolate) And anionic surfactants such as sodium cholate); cationic surfactants such as alkyldiaminoethylglycine hydrochloride;
  • a compound having a carbon number of more than 20 is preferable.
  • specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include polyethylene glycol monolauryl ether, polyethylene glycol monostearyl ether, polyethylene glycol monocetyl ether, polyethylene glycol monolauryl ester, and polyethylene glycol monostearyl ester.
  • the emulsifier is not particularly limited, but in the case of a nonionic emulsifier, a carbon number of more than 20 is preferable.
  • Specific examples of the emulsifying agent include oleate (in the form of salt, calcium, sodium and potassium salts), capriate (in the form of salt, calcium, sodium and Potassium salt), caprylate (salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt), laurate salt (salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt, and Potassium salts, gum rosin glycerin ester, sodium starch octenyl succinate, stearyl citrate, monoglyceride citric acid, lactic acid and fatty acid esters of glycerin, fatty acid esters of mono-, di-, or polyglycerin, stearic acid Salt (in the form of salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, Monium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts), myristate salts (in the form of salts
  • Palmitate in the form of salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, ammonium salt, aluminum salt, potassium salt and sodium salt
  • calcium stearoyl lactate sodium stearoyl lactate
  • sorbitan fatty acid ester sulfosuccinic acid Dioctyl sodium, lecithin, hydroxylated lecithin, partially hydrolyzed lecithin, sunflower lecithin, enzyme-treated lecithin, propylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyester monostearate Len sorbitan, polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan oleate, Quillaja extract, plant sterols, sphingolipids, soy saponin, bile powder, animal sterols, fractionated lecithin, yucca foam extract, egg yolk lecithin, Tall oil and rosin glycerin esters are included.
  • cholic acid salts examples include calcium salts, sodium salts, and potassium salts.
  • Deoxycholate salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt
  • oleate salt salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt
  • Caprate the salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt
  • caprylate salt the salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt.
  • Salt forms include calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts), myristate salts (salt forms: calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, Aluminum salts include potassium salts and sodium salts), palmitate salts (in the form of salts include calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts), stearoyl salts Calcium lactate, stearoyl sodium lactate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, dioctyl sodium
  • the surfactant and the emulsifying agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant and the emulsifying agent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is from 0.01 to the total mass of the composition. 2% by mass is preferable, 0.05 to 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.05 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains an antioxidant.
  • an antioxidant When the composition of the present invention contains an antioxidant, the antiviral activity is more excellent.
  • the antioxidant is not particularly limited as long as it is other than the specific phenolic compound and the compound having two or more hydroxyl groups in the same aromatic ring group, and, for example, “the theory and practice of antioxidants” (Enomoto, Various antioxidants described in Sanshobo (1984) and “Antioxidant handbook” (Saruwatari, Nishino, Tabata, Taiseisha 1976) can be used.
  • antioxidant ascorbic acid, ascorbic acid derivatives, and salts thereof; erythorbic acid, erythorbic acid derivatives, salts thereof, amine compounds such as phenylenediamine, and the like can also be used.
  • ascorbic acid, ascorbic acid derivatives and salts thereof examples include L-ascorbic acid, sodium L-ascorbate, potassium L-ascorbate, calcium L-ascorbate, L-ascorbic acid phosphate, L- Ascorbic acid phosphate ester magnesium salt, L-ascorbic acid sulfuric acid ester, L-ascorbic acid sulfuric acid ester disodium salt, L-ascorbic acid stearic acid ester, L-ascorbic acid 2-glucoside, L-ascorbyl palmitic acid ester, And L-ascorbyl tetraisopalmitate and the like.
  • erythorbic acid examples include erythorbic acid, sodium erythorbate, potassium erythorbate, calcium erythorbate, erythorbate phosphate, and erythorbate sulfate.
  • Examples of the amine compound include phenylenediamine, diphenyl-p-phenylenediamine, 4-amino-p-diphenylamine and the like.
  • food additives are preferable from the viewpoint of safety, and ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid calcium disodium, L-ascorbic acid, L-calcium ascorbate, L-ascorbic acid stearate L-ascorbic acid sodium, L-ascorbic acid palmitic acid ester, isoascorbic acid, erythorbic acid, sodium erythorbic acid sodium, isopropyl citrate, dilauryl thiodipropionate, thiodipropionic acid, thiodipropionic acid distearyl ester, Sodium thiosulfate, potassium metabisulfite, sodium pyrosulfite, potassium sulfite, sodium sulfite, potassium bisulfite, sodium bisulfite or stannous chloride is preferred.
  • the antioxidant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the antioxidant (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 2% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition, 0.01 to 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.01 to 0.5% by mass is more preferable.
  • the pH adjuster is not particularly limited, but metal alkoxides (eg, sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide etc.), metal oxides (eg calcium oxide and magnesium oxide etc.), hydrogen carbonates (ammonium hydrogen carbonate, carbonates) Sodium hydrogen hydrogen, potassium hydrogen carbonate and calcium hydrogen carbonate etc., metal hydroxides (calcium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide, rubidium hydroxide, cesium hydroxide) Strontium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, europylium hydroxide (II) and thallium hydroxide (I) etc., carbonates (ammonium carbonate, potassium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, cesium carbonate etc.), Quaternary ammonium hydroxide Organic bases (guanidine derivatives, diazabicycloundecene, and diazabicyclononene, etc.), phosphazen
  • pH adjuster those used as food additives are preferable from the viewpoint of safety, and sodium methoxide, calcium oxide, magnesium oxide, ammonium hydrogencarbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, calcium hydrogencarbonate, hydroxide Calcium, magnesium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, ammonium carbonate, potassium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate or magnesium carbonate is preferred.
  • the pH adjuster may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the pH adjuster (if there is a plurality of types, the total thereof) is appropriately changed according to the content of the compound represented by the formula (1), etc.
  • 0.001-30 mass% is preferable with respect to the total mass of a composition so that pH of a composition may become more than 9.5, and 0.005-20 mass% is more preferable.
  • 0.01 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
  • the UV absorber is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include paraaminobenzoic acid, ethyldihydroxypropylparaaminobenzoic acid, glycerylparaaminobenzoic acid, octyldimethylparaaminobenzoic acid, amyl paradimethylaminobenzoate, and 2-ethyl paradimethylaminobenzoate.
  • Para-aminobenzoic acid compounds such as hexyl; 2-ethylhexyl paramethoxycinnamate (alias: octyl paramethoxycinnamate), glyceryl mono-2-ethylhexanoate diparamethoxycinnamate, 2,5-diisopropyl silica Methyl skin, 2,4,6-tris [4- (2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl) anilino] -1,3,5-triazine, methyl bis (trimethylsiloxy) silyl isopentyl trimethoxycinnamate, paramethoxy Cinnamic acid isop Cinnamate compounds such as Pill-diisopropylcinnamic acid ester mixture and p-methoxyhydrocinnamic acid diethanolamine salt; 2-phenyl-benzimidazole-5-sulfate, 4-isopropyldibenzoylmethan
  • the ultraviolet absorber may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the ultraviolet light absorber (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition, 0.01 to 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.01 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
  • the chelating agent is not particularly limited.
  • aminopolycarboxylic acid type chelating agents aromatic or aliphatic carboxylic acid type chelating agents, amino acid type chelating agents, phosphonic acid type chelating agents, phosphoric acid type chelating agents, hydroxycarboxylic acid And chelating agents, polyelectrolytes (including oligomer electrolytes), dimethylglyoxime, thioglycolic acid, phytic acid, glyoxylic acid, glyoxal acid and the like.
  • These chelating agents may be in free acid form or in the form of salts such as sodium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt and the like.
  • aminopolycarboxylic acid chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediaminediacetic acid, cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, nitrilotriacetic acid, iminodiacetic acid, N- (2-hydroxyethyl) iminodiacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, N- (2 And -hydroxyethyl) ethylenediamine triacetic acid, glycol ether diamine tetraacetic acid, glutamic acid diacetic acid, aspartic acid diacetic acid, and salts thereof, and the like.
  • aromatic or aliphatic carboxylic acid chelating agents include oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, sebacic acid, azelaic acid, itaconic acid, aconitic acid, pyruvic acid and aminobenzoic acid.
  • acids including anthranilic acid
  • phthalic acid fumaric acid, trimellitic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, and salts thereof.
  • amino acid based chelating agents examples include glycine, serine, alanine, lysine, cystine, cysteine, ethionine, tyrosine, methionine, and salts thereof, and the like.
  • Examples of phosphonic acid chelating agents include iminodimethylphosphonic acid, alkyldiphosphonic acid, 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonic acid, and salts thereof.
  • Examples of phosphoric acid based chelating agents include orthophosphoric acid, pyrophosphoric acid, triphosphoric acid, and polyphosphoric acid.
  • hydroxycarboxylic acid chelating agent examples include malic acid, citric acid, glycolic acid, gluconic acid, heptonic acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid, and salts thereof, and the like.
  • polymer electrolyte (including oligomer electrolyte) -based chelating agents examples include acrylic acid polymer, maleic anhydride polymer, ⁇ -hydroxy acrylic acid polymer, itaconic acid polymer, and constituent monomers of these polymers 2
  • the copolymer which consists of a seed or more, an epoxy succinic acid polymer, etc. are mentioned.
  • the chelating agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the chelating agent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the amount is more preferably 001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
  • the moisturizing agent is not particularly limited.
  • deoxyribonucleic acid mucopolysaccharide, hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, aloe extract, gelatin, elastin, chitin, chitosan, hydrolyzed eggshell membrane, polyoxyethylene methyl glucoside, polyoxypropylene methyl Glucoside, sodium lactate, urea, sodium pyrrolidonecarboxylate, betaine, whey and the like can be mentioned.
  • a humectant may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the moisturizing agent (the total amount of the plural kinds, if present) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the amount is more preferably 001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
  • ⁇ Thickener and gelling agent for example, maleic anhydride ⁇ methyl vinyl ether copolymer, dimethyldiallylammonium chloride ⁇ acrylamide copolymer, acrylamide ⁇ acrylic acid ⁇ dimethyldiarylammonium chloride copolymer, cellulose or a derivative thereof, Keratin and collagen or derivatives thereof, calcium alginate, pullulan, agar, tamarind seed polysaccharide, xanthan gum, carrageenan, high methoxyl pectin, lomethoxyl pectin, guar gum, gum arabic, oat gum, acacia gum, crystalline cellulose, arabinogalactan, Karaya gum, tragacanth gum, carob bean gum, gati gum, alginic acid and salts thereof (in the form of salts, ammonium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, and sodium salts are listed) Al
  • the thickener and the gelling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the thickening agent and the gelling agent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is relative to the total mass of the composition.
  • the content is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
  • the preservative is not particularly limited.
  • benzoic acid sodium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium sorbate, sorbic acid, sodium dehydroacetate, hydrogen peroxide, formic acid, ethyl formate, sodium hypochlorite, propionic acid And sodium propionate, calcium propionate, pectin degradation products, polylysine, phenoxyethanol, thiram, thiabendazole, imazalil, diphenyl, natamycin, fludioxonil, azoxystrobin, and tea tree oil.
  • the preservative may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the preservative (if there is more than one type in total) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass relative to the total mass of the composition, and 0.
  • the amount is more preferably 001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
  • the flavoring agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include musk, acacia oil, anise oil, ylang oil, jasmine oil, sweet orange oil, spearmint oil, geranium oil, neroli oil, peppermint oil, cypress oil, fennel oil, peppermint oil, And bergamot oil, lime oil, lavender oil, lemon oil, lemon grass oil, rose oil, rosewood oil, anisaldehyde, shibetone, muscone, limonene and the like.
  • the fragrance may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the perfume (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass, and more preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.001 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
  • the pigment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include krill pigment, orange pigment, kaolin, gunjow, chromium oxide, iron oxide, titanium dioxide, chlorophyll and the like.
  • the dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the perfume (the total amount of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass, and more preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.001 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
  • composition of the present invention can be prepared by appropriately mixing the above-described essential components and optional components.
  • order in particular of mixing of the said component is not restrict
  • composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include solutions, gels, aerosol sprays and non-aerosol sprays.
  • the composition of the present invention has an action of inactivating viruses belonging to, for example, Caliciviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Coronaviridae, Herpesviridae, etc. Applications that reduce activity are preferred.
  • viruses belonging to the Caliciviridae family viruses belonging to Norovirus, Sapovirus genus, Lagovirus genus, Nebovirus genus, and Besivirus genus can be mentioned.
  • the composition of the present invention exerts a good inactivating effect on viruses belonging to the genus Norovirus and viruses belonging to the group Besivirus, among others.
  • the composition is preferably used as an anti-norovirus composition, among others.
  • the method of use of the above composition is not particularly limited, but it can be applied or previously applied to a place where norovirus may adhere or may adhere.
  • the method of applying the composition is not particularly limited. For example, a method of spraying the composition to the above location, a method of wiping the above location with a base cloth containing the composition, etc. and a hand with a composition that is a liquid cleaning agent The method of wash
  • cleaning etc. are mentioned.
  • the spray of the present invention comprises a spray container and the antiviral composition contained in the spray container.
  • the spray container may be an aerosol spray container or a non-aerosol spray container.
  • non-aerosol spray containers are preferable.
  • the spray container is intended to include, in addition to the antiviral composition, a liquid gas and a gas such as a compressed gas.
  • the spray container containing gas, such as liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), dimethyl ether (DME), carbon dioxide gas, nitrogen gas, and isopentane, is mentioned specifically ,.
  • gas such as liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), dimethyl ether (DME), carbon dioxide gas, nitrogen gas, and isopentane
  • the spray container may be in the form of a mist, a foam, etc. of the liquid contained in the container substantially free of gas such as liquid gas and compressed gas.
  • gas such as liquid gas and compressed gas.
  • non-aerosol spray containers include pump-type and trigger-type pressure-accumulation spray containers.
  • the wiper of the present invention comprises a backing and an antiviral composition impregnated in the backing.
  • an antiviral composition it is as having already demonstrated.
  • the base fabric is not particularly limited, and may be formed of natural fibers or chemical fibers. Natural fibers include, for example, pulp, cotton, hemp, flax, wool, camel, cashmere, mohya, silk and the like.
  • Chemical fibers include polyethylene terephthalate, rayon, polynozic, acetate, triacetate, nylon, polyester, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyurethane, polyalkylene para oxybenzoate, and polychlore, etc.
  • hydrophilic base cloths are preferred in that they are easily impregnated with the composition.
  • the hydrophilic base is, for example, a base containing a fiber having a hydrophilic group such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, an amido group, and a sulfonyl group.
  • hydrophilic base cloth examples include vegetable fibers, cotton, pulp, animal fibers, rayon, nylon, polyester, polyacrylonitrile, and polyvinyl alcohol. Further, as the base cloth, non-woven fabric, cloth, towel, gauze, cotton wool and the like can be used, and non-woven fabric is preferable.
  • the basis weight (mass per unit area) of the base fabric is preferably 100 g / m 2 or less.
  • the amount of impregnation at the time of impregnating the composition with the base fabric is preferably an amount of one or more times the mass of the base fabric.
  • Example 1 Preparation of composition for antiviral agent
  • Preparation of Antiviral Composition of Example 1 In a glass container charged with 90 mg (725 ⁇ mol) of 3-methoxyphenol, 24 mL of ethanol was added, and 3-methoxy phenol was dissolved in ethanol. Next, in the above glass container, water and 1 mol / L aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, the total amount of water is 6 mL (ethanol concentration 80% by volume relative to the total volume of the solvent), and for antiviral after preparation The composition was added such that the pH of the composition was 9.6, to obtain an antiviral composition. In addition, the measurement of pH was implemented by the following method.
  • Antiviral Composition of Examples 2 to 47 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 According to the preparation method of the antiviral composition of Example 1, the antiviral compositions of Examples 2 to 47 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were prepared with the component combinations and pH shown in Table 1.
  • the grapefruit extract of Comparative Example 4 contains naringin (corresponding to compound B) and quercetin (corresponding to a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups in the same aromatic ring group).
  • CRFK cells cat kidney cell line, ATCC CCL-94
  • agar medium was overlaid, and the cells were cultured for 2 to 3 days.
  • the number of formed plaques was counted, the infectivity titer was calculated, and this was regarded as the "infectivity titer of the antiviral composition”.
  • the infectivity titer was calculated also about the sample produced similarly to the above except having replaced with the composition for antivirals, and having used the sterilized purified water, and made this "infectious titer of control".
  • the antiviral property (antiviral activity value) of the composition was calculated using Formula 1 below, and the calculation result was evaluated using the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • Antiviral activity value AB
  • A represents the common logarithm of the infectivity titer of the control.
  • B represents the common logarithm value of the infective titer of the antiviral composition.
  • A antiviral activity value of 4.0 or more
  • B antiviral activity value of 3.5 or more and less than 4.0
  • C antiviral activity value of 3.0 or more and less than 3.5
  • D The antiviral activity value is 2.0 or more and less than 3.0
  • E The antiviral activity value is less than 2.0
  • the contents of the antiviral agent and the additive are based on mass%, and represent the contents with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the content of the solvent in each antiviral composition of Examples and Comparative Examples shown in the following Tables 1 to 6 was 95% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the antiviral compositions of the examples exhibited excellent antiviral activity against feline calicivirus. Also, from the comparison of Examples 1 to 4, the composition for antivirals exhibits better antiviral activity against feline calicivirus when pH is 10.0 or higher (preferably 10.5 or higher). Was confirmed. Further, from the comparison of Example 4 and Examples 5 to 8, the composition for antiviral agent has an alcohol content of 30 to 100% by volume (preferably 40 to 100% by volume) based on the total volume of the solvent. In some cases, it was confirmed to exhibit better antiviral activity against feline calicivirus.
  • Example 4 and Examples 9 to 11 the content of the specific phenolic compound in the composition for antivirals is 0.10% by mass or more based on the total mass of the composition for antivirals (preferably Of 0.31% by mass or more) was confirmed to exhibit better antiviral activity against feline calicivirus.
  • the antiviral agent is a compound of Formula (4) or Formula (4) In the case of the compound represented by 5)
  • the antiviral composition of the comparative example is inferior in antiviral activity against feline calicivirus.
  • compositions for antiviral agent [Preparation of composition for antiviral agent] ⁇ Preparation of antiviral composition of Examples 48 to 103> According to the preparation method of the composition for antivirals of Example 1, compositions for antivirals of Examples 48 to 103 were prepared with the component combinations and pH shown in Table 2, and evaluated in the same manner as Example 1. The
  • pKa of the compound was measured by the following procedure. The measurement temperature was 25 ° C.
  • Example 1 to 4 Examples 104 to 106, Comparative Example 6
  • Preparation of composition for antiviral agent Preparation of Antiviral Composition of Examples 1 to 4, Examples 104 to 106, and Comparative Example 6
  • the antiviral compositions of Examples 1-4, Examples 104-106, and Comparative Example 6 described in Table 3 were respectively prepared.
  • the antiviral compositions of Examples 1 to 4 listed in Table 3 are the same as the antiviral compositions of Examples 1 to 4 listed in Table 1.
  • Example 4 Examples 107 to 112, Comparative Examples 7 to 8
  • Preparation of composition for antiviral agent Preparation of antiviral compositions of Example 4, Examples 107 to 112, and Comparative Examples 7 to 8
  • the composition for antiviral of Example 4 described in Table 4 is the same as the composition for antiviral of Example 4 described in Table 1.
  • the wiping test was carried out for the antiviral composition of As a specific point, MEM (test sheet (stainless steel plate)) MEM (in accordance with “Method for testing sterilization performance of wet wipers (revised version on November 16, 2015)” defined by the Japan Sanitation Material Industries Association)
  • MEM test sheet (stainless steel plate)
  • MEM in accordance with “Method for testing sterilization performance of wet wipers (revised version on November 16, 2015)” defined by the Japan Sanitation Material Industries Association
  • a virus solution obtained by culturing feline calicivirus (Feline calicivirus: ATCC VR-782) in the medium of Minimum Essential Media) is inoculated, and after drying, Example 4, Examples 107 to 112, and Comparative Example 7
  • a test cloth impregnated with the antiviral composition of ⁇ 8 was wiped with a wound weight.
  • test carrier stainless steel plate
  • virus remaining from the test carrier was washed out to obtain a virus solution for sample preparation.
  • a virus solution for preparing a control sample was obtained in the same manner as described above except that a test cloth impregnated with sterile purified water was used instead of the test cloth impregnated with the antiviral composition.
  • CRFK cells cultured on agar medium were inoculated with 0.1 mL of the virus solution for sample preparation, and adsorbed at 37 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • the test solution on CRFK cells was washed away, and the agar medium was overlaid and cultured for 2 to 3 days.
  • the number of plaques formed on the agar medium was counted to calculate the infectivity titer, which was defined as "infectivity titer of the composition for antiviral agent". Moreover, the infectivity titer was calculated also about the sample produced similarly to the above except having replaced with the virus liquid for sample preparation, and having used the virus liquid for control sample preparation, and this was made into "the infectivity titer of control.”
  • the antiviral property (antiviral activity value) of the composition for antivirals was computed using following formula 2, and the calculation result was evaluated using the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 4.
  • Antiviral activity value AB
  • A antiviral activity value is 2.5 or more
  • B antiviral activity value is 2.0 or more and less than 2.5
  • C antiviral activity value is less than 2.0
  • Example 4 The antiviral compositions of Example 4 and Examples 107 to 112 and Comparative Examples 7 to 8 shown in Table 4 were produced in 5 lots each, and the wiping test was conducted on each of them in the same manner as described above. . Subsequently, the antiviral activity value was computed by the method similar to the method shown by evaluation of the antiviral activity in a wet wiper form, and the following evaluation criteria evaluated. The results are shown in Table 4.
  • Alcohols having 3 or more carbon atoms have 2 or less carbon atoms
  • the lipid solubility is higher and the surfactant function is higher than alcohol (methanol (C Log P value: -0.764), ethanol (C Log P value:-0.235)). Therefore, Examples 107 to 112 in which the alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and the alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms are used in combination are the alcohol and the phenoxide anion when compared with Example 4 in which the alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms is used alone. It is considered that the synergistic effect with the above was further intensified, the antiviral activity was improved, and viruses and stains were physically removed.
  • Example 4 Examples 113 to 117, Comparative Example 9 [Preparation of composition for antiviral agent] Preparation of antiviral composition of Example 4, Examples 113 to 117, and Comparative Example 9
  • compositions for antiviral of Example 4 were prepared with the component combination and pH shown in Table 5.
  • the composition for antiviral of Example 4 described in Table 5 is the same as the composition for antiviral of Example 4 described in Table 1.
  • Example 3 Example 4, Example 6, Example 23, Example 36, Example 118! [Preparation of composition for antiviral agent] ⁇ Preparation of antiviral composition of Example 3, Example 4, Example 6, Example 23, Example 36, Example 118>
  • Example 4 Example 6, Example 23, Example 36, Example 118 An antiviral composition was prepared.
  • the antiviral compositions of Example 3, Example 4, Example 6, Example 23, and Example 36 described in Table 6 were the same as Example 3, Example 4, and Example 6 described in Table 1.
  • Example 23, the antiviral composition of Example 36 is respectively the same.
  • compositions shown in Table 6 were evaluated for activity against influenza virus and general bacteria. ⁇ Evaluation of anti-influenza virus activity> After inoculation of the virus solution obtained by culturing influenza virus (Influenza A virus (H3N2): ATCC VR-1679) in MEM (Minimum Essential Media) medium into the composition prepared above, it is stirred for 10 seconds, It was allowed to stand at about 25 ° C. for 1 minute. Next, 0.1 mL of the composition after virus solution inoculation was collected and placed in 9.9 mL of SCDLP medium (Soybean-Casein Digest Broth with Lecithin & Polysorbate 80) and mixed well to obtain a test solution.
  • SCDLP medium Soybean-Casein Digest Broth with Lecithin & Polysorbate 80
  • MDCK cells dog renal tubular epithelial derived cells, ATCC CCL-344 cultured on an agar medium, and adsorbed at 34 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • the test solution on MDCK cells was washed away, and the agar medium was overlaid and cultured for 2 to 3 days. After the culture, the number of plaques formed on the agar medium was counted to calculate the infectivity titer, which was defined as the "infectivity titer of the composition”.
  • the infectivity titer was calculated also about the sample produced similarly to the above except having replaced with the composition and using sterilized purified water, and this was made into "the infectivity titer of control.”
  • the calculation and evaluation of the antiviral activity value were performed in the same manner as the evaluation of the anti-feline calicivirus activity of Example 1. The results are shown in Table 6.
  • the antiviral composition of the present invention was found to exhibit high activity against influenza virus and bacteria.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Pest Control & Pesticides (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Agronomy & Crop Science (AREA)
  • Dentistry (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Environmental Sciences (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Agricultural Chemicals And Associated Chemicals (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Cleaning Implements For Floors, Carpets, Furniture, Walls, And The Like (AREA)
  • Apparatus For Disinfection Or Sterilisation (AREA)

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide an antiviral composition with excellent antiviral activity. A further purpose of the present invention is to provide an anti-norovirus composition, a spray and a wiper that use the antiviral composition. This antiviral composition contains a phenol compound having a specific structure and a solvent containing an alcohol, and has a pH greater than 9.5 and less than or equal to 14.0.

Description

抗ウイルス用組成物、抗ノロウイルス用組成物、スプレー、ワイパーAntiviral composition, composition for anti-norovirus, spray, wiper
 本発明は、抗ウイルス用組成物、抗ノロウイルス用組成物、スプレー、及びワイパーに関する。 The present invention relates to an antiviral composition, an anti-norovirus composition, a spray and a wiper.
 ウイルスは、細胞構造を有する細菌及び真菌等の微生物と異なり、細胞構造を持たず、ゲノムをカプシドという外殻タンパク質の中に持つ構造体である。ウイルスは、ゲノムがDNA(deoxyribonucleic acid)又はRNA(ribonucleic acid)かによって2種類に大別され、カプシドが脂質二重膜からなるエンベロープで覆われている有膜ウイルスとエンベロープで覆われていない無膜ウイルスかによって更に分類される。具体的には、DNAタイプの有膜ウイルスには、ヒトヘルペスウイルス、及びB型肝炎ウイルス等、DNAタイプの無膜ウイルスには、アデノウイルス、及びB19ウイルス等、RNAタイプの有膜ウイルスには、インフルエンザウイルス、及びSARS(severe acute respiratory syndrome)コロナウイルス等、RNAタイプの無膜ウイルスには、ノロウイルス、ポリオウイルス、及びエンテロウイルス等が含まれる。 Viruses, unlike bacteria having a cell structure and microorganisms such as fungi, have no cell structure and are a structure having a genome in a coat protein called capsid. Viruses are roughly divided into two types depending on whether the genome is DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) or RNA (ribonucleic acid), and the enveloped virus is composed of an envelope consisting of a lipid bilayer and a capsid consisting of a lipid bilayer membrane, and the non-enveloped case. It is further classified according to whether it is a membrane virus. Specifically, DNA-type filmed viruses such as human herpes virus and hepatitis B virus, DNA-type non-film viruses such as adenovirus, and B19 virus such as RNA-type filmed viruses Non-membrane viruses of the RNA type, such as influenza virus and SARS (severe acute respiratory syndrome) coronavirus, include norovirus, polio virus, enterovirus and the like.
 近年、より簡便な手段でウイルス(特に、ノロウイルス)を不活化できる薬剤が希求されている。例えば、特許文献1では、抗ウイルス用組成物として、「アルコール、ドキュセート塩及びゲラニオールの組合せを含む組成物であって、上記組成物をある表面に適用したときに上記組成物を適用した表面上のウイルス、細菌、真菌、酵母、カビまたはその組合せである微生物の数を少なくとも実質的に減少させることができる有効量のアルコール、ドキュセート塩及びゲラニオールの組合せを含む組成物。」を開示している。 In recent years, agents capable of inactivating viruses (in particular, norovirus) by simpler means have been desired. For example, in Patent Document 1, as the antiviral composition, “a composition containing a combination of alcohol, docusate salt and geraniol, and the composition is applied to a certain surface, and the composition is applied on the surface A composition comprising a combination of an effective amount of an alcohol, docusate salt and geraniol which can at least substantially reduce the number of microorganisms which are viruses, bacteria, fungi, yeasts, molds or combinations thereof. .
特表2013-506650公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-506650
 本発明者らは、特許文献1の実施例欄に記載された組成物を調製し、ネコカリシウイルス(ノロウイルスの近縁種であり、ノロウイルスに類似のゲノム組成、カプシド構造及び生化学的特性を有しているので現在最も広く使用されている代用ウイルスである)に対する抗ウイルス活性について検討したところ、抗ウイルス活性を更に改善する余地があることを明らかとした。 The present inventors prepared the composition described in the example column of Patent Document 1, and prepared feline calicivirus (a genomic composition, capsid structure and biochemical characteristics similar to norovirus, similar to norovirus). As a result, the antiviral activity against the virus which is the most widely used substitute virus at present is examined, and it is clarified that there is room for further improvement of the antiviral activity.
 そこで、本発明は、抗ウイルス活性に優れた抗ウイルス用組成物を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、上記抗ウイルス用組成物を用いた、抗ノロウイルス用組成物、スプレー、及びワイパーを提供することを課題とする。
Then, this invention makes it a subject to provide the composition for antivirals excellent in the antiviral activity.
Another object of the present invention is to provide an anti-norovirus composition, a spray and a wiper using the above-mentioned composition for antivirals.
 本発明者らは、上記課題を解決すべく鋭意検討した結果、所定組成の抗ウイルス用組成物によれば上記課題が解決できることを見出し、本発明を完成させた。
 すなわち、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。
MEANS TO SOLVE THE PROBLEM The present inventors discovered that the said subject could be solved with the composition for antivirals of a predetermined composition, as a result of earnestly examining in order to solve the said subject, and completed this invention.
That is, it discovered that the said subject was solvable by the following structures.
 〔1〕 下記化合物A、下記化合物B、及び下記化合物Cからなる群より選ばれる1種以上のフェノール系化合物と、
 アルコールを少なくとも含む溶媒と、を含み、
 pHが、9.5超14.0以下であり、
 同一の芳香環基に2個以上の水酸基を有する化合物を含まない、
抗ウイルス用組成物。
 化合物A:後述する式(1)で表される化合物
 化合物B:後述する式(2)で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を1個又は2個除いた残基を2個以上含む化合物
 化合物C:後述する式(3)で表される化合物
 〔2〕 上記化合物AのpKa、上記化合物BのpKa、及び上記化合物CのpKaが、いずれも10.0以上である、〔1〕に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔3〕 上記化合物AのpKa、上記化合物BのpKa、及び上記化合物CのpKaが、いずれも10.5以上である、〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔4〕 上記化合物AのpKa、上記化合物BのpKa、及び上記化合物CのpKaが、いずれも11.5以上である、〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔5〕 上記化合物AのClogP値、上記化合物BのClogP値、及び上記化合物CのClogP値が、いずれも5.00~20.00である、〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔6〕 上記化合物AのClogP値、上記化合物BのClogP値、及び上記化合物CのClogP値が、いずれも7.00~15.00である、〔1〕~〔5〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔7〕 上記式(1)で表される化合物が、後述する式(4)又は後述する式(5)で表される化合物である、〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔8〕 上記アルコールの含有量が、上記溶媒の全体積に対して、30~100体積%である、〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔9〕 上記溶媒が、炭素数2以下のアルコールと、炭素数3以上のアルコールと、を含む、〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔10〕 更に、4級アンモニウム塩を含む、〔1〕~〔9〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔11〕 更に、界面活性剤を含む、〔1〕~〔10〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔12〕 上記フェノール系化合物の含有量が、組成物の全質量に対して、0.10質量%以上である、〔1〕~〔11〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔13〕 pHが10.5~12.0である、〔1〕~〔12〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔14〕 液剤である、〔1〕~〔13〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔15〕 ジェル剤である、〔1〕~〔13〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
 〔16〕 〔1〕~〔15〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物からなる、抗ノロウイルス用組成物。
 〔17〕 スプレー容器と、上記スプレー容器に収容された〔1〕~〔15〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物と、を含む、スプレー。
 〔18〕 基布と、上記基布に含浸させた〔1〕~〔15〕のいずれかに記載の抗ウイルス用組成物と、を含むワイパー。
[1] One or more types of phenolic compounds selected from the group consisting of the following compound A, the following compound B, and the following compound C,
A solvent containing at least an alcohol,
pH is more than 9.5 and less than 14.0,
Does not contain compounds having two or more hydroxyl groups in the same aromatic ring group,
Antiviral composition.
Compound A: a compound represented by Formula (1) described later Compound B: a residue obtained by removing one or two hydrogen atoms other than a hydrogen atom in a hydroxyl group in a compound represented by Formula (2) described later A compound containing two or more compounds C: a compound represented by the formula (3) described later [2] pKa of the compound A, pKa of the compound B, and pKa of the compound C are all 10.0 or more The antiviral composition according to [1], wherein
[3] The antiviral composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the pKa of the compound A, the pKa of the compound B, and the pKa of the compound C are all 10.5 or more.
[4] The antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the pKa of the compound A, the pKa of the compound B, and the pKa of the compound C are all 11.5 or more. .
[5] The compound according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the ClogP value of Compound A, the ClogP value of Compound B, and the ClogP value of Compound C are all 5.00 to 20.00. Antiviral composition.
[6] The compound according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the ClogP value of Compound A, the ClogP value of Compound B, and the ClogP value of Compound C are all 7.00 to 15.00. Antiviral composition.
[7] The compound according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the compound represented by Formula (1) is a compound represented by Formula (4) described later or Formula (5) described later. Composition for virus.
[8] The antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the content of the alcohol is 30 to 100% by volume based on the total volume of the solvent.
[9] The antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the solvent contains an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms.
[10] The antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [9], further comprising a quaternary ammonium salt.
[11] The antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [10], further comprising a surfactant.
[12] The antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [11], wherein the content of the phenolic compound is 0.10% by mass or more based on the total mass of the composition.
[13] The antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [12], which has a pH of 10.5 to 12.0.
[14] The antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [13], which is a solution.
[15] The antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [13], which is a gel.
[16] An anti-norovirus composition comprising the antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [15].
[17] A spray comprising: a spray container; and the antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [15] housed in the spray container.
[18] A wiper comprising: a base fabric; and the antiviral composition according to any one of [1] to [15] impregnated in the base fabric.
 本発明によれば、抗ウイルス活性に優れた抗ウイルス用組成物を提供できる。
 また、本発明によれば、上記抗ウイルス用組成物を用いた、抗ノロウイルス用組成物、スプレー、及びワイパーを提供できる。
According to the present invention, an antiviral composition having excellent antiviral activity can be provided.
Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide an anti-norovirus composition, a spray and a wiper using the above-mentioned composition for antivirals.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
 なお、本明細書において、「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」とは、アクリレート、メタクリレートのいずれか又は双方を包含する概念である。
 本明細書において、特定の符号で表示された置換基及び連結基等(以下、置換基等という)が複数あるとき、又は、複数の置換基等を同時に規定するときには、それぞれの置換基等は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよいことを意味する。このことは、置換基等の数の規定についても同様である。
 更に、本明細書中、基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
Although the description of the configuration requirements described below may be made based on the representative embodiments of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the present specification, a numerical range represented using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” is a concept including either or both of acrylate and methacrylate.
In the present specification, when there are a plurality of substituents and linking groups etc. (hereinafter referred to as substituents etc.) represented by specific symbols, or when a plurality of substituents etc. are simultaneously defined, each substituent is It means that they may be the same as or different from each other. The same applies to the definition of the number of substituents and the like.
Furthermore, in the description of groups (groups of atoms) in the present specification, the notations not describing substitution and non-substitution include those having no substituent and those having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
[抗ウイルス用組成物]
 本発明の抗ウイルス用組成物(以下、「本発明の組成物」ともいう。)は、
 下記化合物A、下記化合物B、及び下記化合物Cからなる群より選ばれる1種以上のフェノール系化合物(以下、単に「特定フェノール系化合物」と総称する)と、
 アルコールを少なくとも含む溶媒と、を含み、
 pHが、9.5超14.0以下であり、
 同一の芳香環基に2個以上の水酸基を有する化合物を含まない。
  化合物A:後述する式(1)で表される化合物
  化合物B:後述する式(2)で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を1個又は2個除いた残基を2個以上含む化合物
  化合物C:後述する式(3)で表される化合物
[Antiviral composition]
The antiviral composition of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as "the composition of the present invention") is
At least one phenolic compound selected from the group consisting of the following compound A, the following compound B, and the following compound C (hereinafter simply referred to simply as "specific phenolic compounds");
A solvent containing at least an alcohol,
pH is more than 9.5 and less than 14.0,
It does not contain a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups in the same aromatic ring group.
Compound A: a compound represented by Formula (1) described later Compound B: a residue obtained by removing one or two hydrogen atoms other than a hydrogen atom in a hydroxyl group in a compound represented by Formula (2) described later A compound containing two or more of them, a compound C: a compound represented by the formula (3) described later
 今般、本発明者らは、特定フェノール系化合物とアルコールを少なくとも含む溶媒とを含む組成物のpHを上記所定範囲とした場合、抗ウイルス活性(特に、ネコカリシウイルス(ノロウイルスの近縁種)に対する抗ウイルス活性)が顕著に優れることを確認している。
 なお、抗ウイルス用とはウイルスに作用させ、ウイルスの活性を減少させるために使用される用途を意図する。
Now, when the pH of a composition containing a specific phenolic compound and a solvent containing at least an alcohol is in the above predetermined range, the present inventors are particularly directed to antiviral activity (in particular, against feline calicivirus (a related species of norovirus). It has been confirmed that the antiviral activity) is remarkably excellent.
In addition, anti-viral application is intended to be used for acting on a virus to reduce the activity of the virus.
 これは、詳細には明らかではないが、本発明者らは以下のように推測している。
 本発明の組成物において、特定フェノール系化合物は、有効成分として機能する。特定フェノール系化合物は、pHが9.5超においてフェノール性水酸基が解離したフェノキサイドアニオンとなり、これがウイルスを不活性化すると推測される。また、本発明者らは、組成物中のアルコールも、上記ウイルスの不活性化に寄与していると考えている。上記作用機序が相乗することにより、本発明の組成物は、抗ウイルス活性(特に、ネコカリシウイルス(ノロウイルスの近縁種)に対する抗ウイルス活性)が顕著に優れると考えられる。また、pHが14.0以下である。特に、pHが12.0以下であれば、金属の腐食が生じにくく、本発明の組成物により消毒できる対象物の適用範囲が広い。例えば、アルミ、銅、及び真鍮等の金属に対しても腐食が生じにくい。
 本発明の組成物は、特に、ネコカリシウイルス(ノロウイルスの近縁種)に対する抗ウイルス活性に優れることから、抗ノロウイルス用組成物として用いられることが好ましい。
Although this is not clear in detail, the present inventors speculate as follows.
In the composition of the present invention, the specific phenolic compound functions as an active ingredient. It is speculated that the specific phenolic compound becomes a phenoxy anion in which the phenolic hydroxyl group is dissociated at a pH of more than 9.5, which inactivates the virus. The inventors also believe that the alcohol in the composition also contributes to the inactivation of the virus. It is considered that the composition of the present invention is remarkably excellent in antiviral activity (in particular, antiviral activity against feline calicivirus (related species of norovirus)) due to the above-mentioned action mechanism being synergistic. Moreover, pH is 14.0 or less. In particular, when the pH is 12.0 or less, metal corrosion is less likely to occur, and the applicable range of the target that can be disinfected by the composition of the present invention is wide. For example, corrosion is less likely to occur to metals such as aluminum, copper, and brass.
The composition of the present invention is preferably used as an anti-norovirus composition, in particular, because it is excellent in antiviral activity against feline calicivirus (a related species of norovirus).
 本発明の抗ウイルス用組成物は、同一の芳香環基に2個以上の水酸基を有する化合物を含まない。言い換えると、2個以上の水酸基を有する芳香環基(以下、「特定基X」ともいう)を有する化合物(以下、「特定化合物X」ともいう)を含まない。
 特定基Xは、1価の基であっても、2価以上の基であってもよい。
 また、上記芳香環基を構成する環としては、芳香族炭化水素環、及び芳香族複素環が挙げられる。
 特定化合物Xに含まれる特定基Xの数は特に制限されないが、1個であっても、2個以上であってもよい。
 特定化合物Xとしては、例えば、没食子酸及び没食子酸エステルとその誘導体(例えば、没食子酸エピガロカテキン、タンニン酸、柿渋タンニン、エラグ酸など)、アントシアニン類(例えば、オーランチニジン、シアニジン、デルフィニジン、ヨーロピニジン、ルテオリニジン、ペチュニジン、プロアントシアニジンなど)、フラボノイド及びフラボン類(例えば、ケルセチン、ルチン、テアフラビン、カテキン、ミリセチン、ルテオリン、ガロカテコール、イソクエルシトリン、及びミリシトリン等)、フェノール性テルペノイド(ロスマノール、カルノソール、及びカルノシン酸等)、ヘマトキシリン、クロロゲン酸、並びにサンタリン等が挙げられる。
The antiviral composition of the present invention does not contain a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups in the same aromatic ring group. In other words, it does not include a compound having an aromatic ring group having two or more hydroxyl groups (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific group X”) (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific compound X”).
The specific group X may be a monovalent group or a divalent or higher group.
Moreover, as a ring which comprises the said aromatic ring group, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocyclic ring are mentioned.
The number of the specific groups X contained in the specific compound X is not particularly limited, but may be one or two or more.
Specific compounds X include, for example, gallic acid and gallic acid esters and derivatives thereof (eg, epigallocatechin gallate, tannic acid, persimmon tannin, ellagic acid etc.), anthocyanins (eg, olanninidin, cyanidin, delphinidin, European Pinidin, Rutheolinidin, Petunidin, Proanthocyanidin etc., Flavonoids and Flavones (eg quercetin, rutin, theaflavin, catechins, myricetin, luteolin, gallocatechol, isoquercitrin and myricitrin etc.), phenolic terpenoids (rosmanol, carnosol And carnosic acid etc., hematoxylin, chlorogenic acid, and santarin etc.
 以下、本発明の組成物が含む各成分について詳述する。
〔特定フェノール系化合物〕
 本発明の組成物は、下記化合物A、下記化合物B、及び下記化合物Cからなる群より選ばれる1種以上のフェノール系化合物を含む。
 化合物A:式(1)で表される化合物
 化合物B:式(2)で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を1個又は2個除いた残基を2個以上含む化合物
 化合物C:式(3)で表される化合物
 なかでも、本発明の組成物は、フェノール系化合物として、化合物A、化合物B、及び化合物Cからなる群より選ばれる1種以上のフェノール系化合物のみを含むことが好ましい。
Hereinafter, each component which the composition of this invention contains is explained in full detail.
[Specific Phenolic Compound]
The composition of the present invention contains one or more phenol compounds selected from the group consisting of the following compound A, the following compound B, and the following compound C.
Compound A: compound represented by the formula (1) Compound B: two or more residues in the compound represented by the formula (2) from which one or two hydrogen atoms other than hydrogen atoms in hydroxyl groups have been removed Compound Containing Compound C: Compound Represented by Formula (3) Among others, the composition of the present invention is a phenolic compound and at least one phenol compound selected from the group consisting of Compound A, Compound B, and Compound C. It is preferred to include only the compound.
<化合物A:式(1)で表される化合物> <Compound A: Compound Represented by Formula (1)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 上記式(1)中、X11は、窒素原子、又は-CR11=を表す。 In the above formula (1), X 11 represents a nitrogen atom or -CR 11 =.
 上記R11は、水素原子、又は水酸基及びアルコキシカルボニル基を除く1価の置換基を表す。
 R11で表される1価の置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、下記に示す置換基群Tに例示されるもの(但し、水酸基、及びアルコキシカルボニル基を除く)が挙げられる。
R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group.
The monovalent substituent represented by R 11 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the following Substituent Group T (however, except for a hydroxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group).
(置換基群T)
 アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルケニル基)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルキニル基)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のアリール基)、ヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のヘテロアリール基である。少なくとも1つの酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を有する5又は6員環のヘテロアリール基がより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、ピリジル基、ピリミジル基、ピラジル基、オキサゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、ピラゾリル基、チアゾリル基、トリアジニル基、キノリル基、イソキノリル基、キノキサリル基、シンノリル基、及びプテリジル基等が挙げられる。)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のアリールオキシ基)、ヘテロアリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のヘテロアリールオキシ基である。少なくとも1つの酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を有する5又は6員環のヘテロアリールオキシ基がより好ましい。)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキルチオ基)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のアリールチオ基)、ヘテロアリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のヘテロアリールチオ基である。少なくとも1つの酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を有する5又は6員環のチオヘテロアリール基がより好ましい。)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数7~25のアラルキル基)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のアミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、又は、アリールアミノ基、例えば、アミノ、N,N-ジメチルアミノ、N,N-ジエチルアミノ、N-エチルアミノ、及びアニリノ等)、水酸基、スルホン酸基、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素、塩素、臭素、又はヨウ素が好ましい。)、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ホルミル基、パーフルオロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のパーフルオロアルキル基)、パーフルオロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のパーフルオロアリール基)、パーフルオロアルキルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のパーフルオロアルキル基)、アルコキシカルボニル基(-CO2111)、アシル基(-COR112)、アシルオキシ基(-OCOR113)、スルホンアミド基(-SO2NR114115、-NR114SO2115)、ホスホン酸エステル基(-PO(OR116)(OH)、又は-PO(OR1172)、トリアルコキシシリル基(-Si(OR1183)、アミド基(-CONR119120、-NR121COR122)、アンモニウム基(-N+123 3)、スルホニウム基(-S+124125)、ホスホニウム基(-P+126127)、オキソニウム基(-O+128129)、カルボニウム基(-C+130131)、及びハロニウム基(-X+132:Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。)、イミノ基(-C=NR133)、アルカンスルホニル基(-SO2134)、アルカンスルホニルオキシ基(-OSO2135)、アルカンスルフィニル基(-SOR136)、アリール若しくはヘテロアリールスルホニル基(-SO2Ar)、アリール若しくはヘテロアリールスルホニルオキシ基(-OSO2Ar)、アリール若しくはヘテロアリールスルフィニル(-OSOAr)、及び、アリール若しくはヘテロアリールアゾ基(-N=N-Ar)等が挙げられる。
 上記R111~R118は、各々独立して、1価の置換基を表す。R111~R118で表される1価の置換基としては、具体的には、脂肪族炭化水素基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のアリール基)、又はヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のヘテロアリール基である。少なくとも1つの酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を有する5又は6員環のヘテロアリール基がより好ましい。)が好ましい。
 上記R119~R133は、各々独立して、水素原子、又は1価の置換基を表す。
 R119~R133で表される1価の置換基としては、具体的には、上記R111~R118で表される1価の置換基として例示したものが挙げられる。
 上記R134~R136は、各々独立して、脂肪族炭化水素基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。)を表す。
 上記Arは、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のアリール基)、又はヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のヘテロアリール基である。少なくとも1つの酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を有する5又は6員環のヘテロアリール基がより好ましい。)を表す。
 また、これらの置換基群T、R119~R133、R134~R136、及びArで挙げた各基は、上記の置換基群Tに例示される基が更に置換していてもよい。
 また、上記置換基が酸性基又は塩基性基のときはその塩を形成していてもよい。
 化合物、置換基、及び連結基等が、アルキル基、アルキレン基、アルケニル基、アルケニレン基、アルキニル基、又はアルキニレン基等を含むとき、これらは直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよく、上記のように置換されていても無置換でもよい。
(Substituent group T)
An alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably Aryl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms), heteroaryl group (preferably heteroaryl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group having at least one oxygen atom, sulfur atom, or nitrogen atom As the heteroaryl group, for example, pyridyl group, pyrimidyl group, pyrazyl group, oxazolyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrazolyl group, thiazolyl group, triazinyl group, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, quinoxalyl group, cinnolyl group, and pteridyl group Groups, etc.), alkoxy groups (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20). A Coxy group), an aryloxy group (preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms), a heteroaryloxy group (preferably a heteroaryloxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) at least one oxygen atom or sulfur atom, 5 or 6 membered heteroaryloxy having nitrogen atom is more preferable), alkylthio (preferably having 1 to 20 carbons), arylthio (preferably having 6 to 26 carbons), A heteroarylthio group (preferably a heteroarylthio group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered thioheteroaryl group having at least one oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom), aralkyl Group (preferably, an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms), an amino group (preferably, an amino group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms) An alkylamino group or an arylamino group such as amino, N, N-dimethylamino, N, N-diethylamino, N-ethylamino and anilino), a hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxy group and a phosphoric acid group A halogen atom (fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine is preferred), a nitro group, a cyano group, a formyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group (preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a perfluoroaryl group (preferably Preferably, a perfluoroaryl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms), a perfluoroalkyloxy group (preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (-CO 2 R 111 ), an acyl group (-COR) 112 ), an acyloxy group (-OCOR 113 ), a sulfonamide group (-SO 2 NR 114 R 115 , -NR 114 SO 2 R 115 ), phosphonic acid ester group (-PO (OR 116 ) (OH) or -PO (OR 117 ) 2 ), trialkoxysilyl group (-Si (OR 118 ) 3 ), amide group (-CONR 119 R 120 , -NR 121 COR 122 ), ammonium group (-N + R 123 3 ), sulfonium group (-S + R 124 R 125 ), phosphonium group (-P + R 126 R 127 ), oxonium group (- O + R 128 R 129 ), a carbonium group (-C + R 130 R 131 ), and a halonium group (-X + R 132 : X represent a halogen atom. ), Imino group (-C = NR 133 ), alkanesulfonyl group (-SO 2 R 134 ), alkanesulfonyloxy group (-OSO 2 R 135 ), alkanesulfinyl group (-SOR 136 ), aryl or heteroarylsulfonyl group (-SO 2 Ar), aryl or heteroarylsulfonyloxy group (-OSO 2 Ar), aryl or heteroarylsulfinyl (-OSOAr), aryl or heteroarylazo group (-N = N-Ar), etc. Be
Each of R 111 to R 118 independently represents a monovalent substituent. Specific examples of the monovalent substituent represented by R 111 to R 118 include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups (which may be linear, branched or cyclic), and aryl groups. (Preferably an aryl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms) or a heteroaryl group (preferably a heteroaryl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) 5 or 6-membered ring having at least one oxygen atom, sulfur atom, or nitrogen atom Are more preferable).
Each of R 119 to R 133 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
Specific examples of the monovalent substituent represented by R 119 to R 133 include those exemplified as the monovalent substituent represented by R 111 to R 118 above.
Each of R 134 to R 136 independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic).
Ar is an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms) or a heteroaryl group (preferably a heteroaryl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) at least one oxygen atom, sulfur atom or nitrogen atom (5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group is more preferable).
Further, the groups exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T may be further substituted in each of the groups mentioned as the substituent group T, R 119 to R 133 , R 134 to R 136 and Ar.
Moreover, when the said substituent is an acidic group or a basic group, you may form the salt.
When the compound, the substituent, the linking group and the like contain an alkyl group, an alkylene group, an alkenyl group, an alkenylene group, an alkynyl group, an alkynylene group and the like, they may be linear, branched or cyclic. And may be substituted or unsubstituted as described above.
 なお、R11が、上記置換基群T中に例示される水酸基及びアルコキシカルボニル基を表す場合はない。しかし、上記置換基群T中に例示される水酸基及びアルコキシカルボニル基が、上記置換基群Tに例示される置換基から水素原子を一個以上除いた残基と結合して置換基を形成する場合、上記置換基は、R11で表される置換基として許容される。 In addition, there is no case where R 11 represents a hydroxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T. However, when a hydroxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T combine with a residue obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from the substituents exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T to form a substituent the substituents are allowable as substituents represented by R 11.
 上記式(1)中のR11で表される1価の置換基としては、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルケニル基)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルキニル基)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基)、アミド基(-CONR119120、-NR121COR122)、アシル基(-COR112)、アシルオキシ基(-OCOR113)、スルホンアミド基(-SO2NR114115、-NR114SO2115)、スルホン酸基若しくはその塩、カルボキシ基若しくはその塩、リン酸基若しくはその塩、ハロゲン原子(フッ素、塩素、臭素、又はヨウ素が好ましい。)、アセタール基、ニトロ基、又はアリール若しくはヘテロアリールアゾ基(-N=N-Ar)が好ましい。
 これらの基は、更に、上述した置換基群Tに例示される基で置換されていてもよい。なお、上記アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、及びアリール若しくはヘテロアリールアゾ基が置換基を有する場合、置換基としては、具体的には、水酸基、及びアルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基)、スルホン酸基若しくはその塩、カルボキシ基若しくはその塩、リン酸基若しくはその塩、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のアミノ基)、及びハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
The monovalent substituent represented by R 11 in the above formula (1) includes an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) and an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) , An alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), an amido group (-CONR 119 R 120 , -NR 121 COR 122 ), an acyl group ( -COR 112 ), acyloxy group (-OCOR 113 ), sulfonamide group (-SO 2 NR 114 R 115 , -NR 114 SO 2 R 115 ), sulfonic acid group or salt thereof, carboxy group or salt thereof, phosphoric acid group Or a salt thereof, a halogen atom (fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine is preferred), an acetal group, a nitro group or an aryl or heteroarylazo group (-N = N- r) is preferable.
These groups may be further substituted by the groups exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T. When the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the alkynyl group, and the aryl or heteroarylazo group have a substituent, specific examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). Alkoxy groups), sulfonic acid groups or salts thereof, carboxy groups or salts thereof, phosphoric acid groups or salts thereof, amino groups (preferably amino groups having 0 to 20 carbon atoms), halogen atoms and the like can be mentioned.
 上記X12~X15は、各々独立に、窒素原子、又は-CR12=を表す。
 上記R12は、水素原子、又は水酸基を除く1価の置換基を表す。
 R12で表される1価の置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、上述した置換基群Tに例示されるもの(但し、水酸基を除く)が挙げられる。
The above X 12 to X 15 each independently represent a nitrogen atom or -CR 12 =.
The above R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group.
The monovalent substituent represented by R 12 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned Substituent Group T (except for the hydroxyl group).
 上記式(1)中のR12で表される1価の置換基としては、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルケニル基)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルキニル基)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基)、アルコシキカルボニル基(-CO112)、アミド基(-CONR119120、-NR121COR122)、アシル基(-COR112)、アシルオキシ基(-OCOR113)、スルホンアミド基(-SO2NR114115、-NR114SO2115)、スルホン酸基若しくはその塩、カルボキシ基若しくはその塩、リン酸基若しくはその塩、ハロゲン原子(フッ素、塩素、臭素、又はヨウ素が好ましい。)、アセタール基、ニトロ基、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のアミノ基)、又はアリール若しくはヘテロアリールアゾ基(-N=N-Ar)が好ましい。
 これらの基は、更に、上述した置換基群Tに例示される基で置換されていてもよい。なお、上記アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、及びアリール若しくはヘテロアリールアゾ基が置換基を有する場合、置換基としては、具体的には、水酸基(フェノール性水酸基は除く)、及びアルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基)、スルホン酸基若しくはその塩、カルボキシ基若しくはその塩、リン酸基若しくはその塩、及びハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
 なお、X13又はX14が-CR12=を表す場合、R12はカルボキシ基以外の基であることが好ましく、なかでも水素原子がより好ましい。
The monovalent substituent represented by R 12 in the above formula (1) includes an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) and an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) , An alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (-CO 2 R 112 ), an amido group (-CONR 119 R) 120 , -NR 121 COR 122 ), acyl group (-COR 112 ), acyloxy group (-OCOR 113 ), sulfonamide group (-SO 2 NR 114 R 115 , -NR 114 SO 2 R 115 ), sulfonic acid group or The salt, carboxy group or salt thereof, phosphoric acid group or salt thereof, halogen atom (fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine is preferable), acetal group, nitro group, amino group Preferably an amino group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms), or an aryl or heteroaryl azo group (-N = N-Ar) is preferred.
These groups may be further substituted by the groups exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T. In addition, when the said alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and an aryl or heteroaryl azo group have a substituent, specifically, a hydroxyl group (except phenolic hydroxyl group), and an alkoxy group (preferably) are mentioned as a substituent And C 1 -C 20 alkoxy groups), sulfonic acid groups or salts thereof, carboxy groups or salts thereof, phosphoric acid groups or salts thereof, halogen atoms and the like.
When X 13 or X 14 represents —CR 12 =, R 12 is preferably a group other than a carboxy group, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 なお、式(1)において、複数のR12同士、並びに、R11及びR12は、互いに連結して環構造を形成してもよい。複数のR12同士、又は、R11及びR12が互いに連結して環構造を形成する場合、上記環構造は、芳香族環であっても、非芳香族環であってもよい。また、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
 ヘテロ原子の種類は特に制限されないが、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、又はテルル原子等が挙げられる。なかでも、抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、-Y1-、-N(Ra)-、-C(=Y2)-、-CON(Rb)-、-C(=Y3)Y4-、-SOt-、-SO2N(Rc)-、又はこれらを組み合わせた基の態様で含まれることが好ましい。
 Y1~Y4は、各々独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、及びテルル原子からなる群から選択される。なかでも、取り扱いがより簡便である点から、酸素原子、又は硫黄原子が好ましい。tは、1~3の整数を表す。上記Ra、Rb、及びRcは、各々独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のアシル基、炭素数6~16のアリール基、又は炭素数2~13のヘテロアリール基を表す。
 また、複数のR12同士、又は、R11及びR12が互いに連結して環構造を形成する場合、上記環構造は、更に置換基(例えば置換基群Tで例示したもの)を有していてもよい。
 なお、複数のR12同士、又はR11及びR12が互いに結合して環を形成する態様としては特に制限されないが、例えば、R11及びR12で表される1価の置換基中の炭素原子、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び硫黄原子から選択される原子が互いに結合することにより環を形成する態様が挙げられる。例えば、隣接しあう2つのR12がいずれもアルケニル基(例えば、ビニル基)である場合、各アルケニル基中の末端炭素原子が互いに結合すると、ベンゼン環を形成することができる。また、隣接しあう2つのR12がいずれもアルキル基である場合、各アルキル基中の末端炭素原子が互いに結合すると、脂肪族炭化水素環を形成することができる。
In Formula (1), a plurality of R 12 s , and R 11 and R 12 may be linked to each other to form a ring structure. When a plurality of R 12 's or R 11 and R 12 are linked to each other to form a ring structure, the ring structure may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring. In addition, it may contain a hetero atom.
The type of hetero atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. Of these, from the viewpoint of excellent by antiviral activity, -Y 1 -, - N ( Ra) -, - C (= Y 2) -, - CON (Rb) -, - C (= Y 3) Y 4 -, It is preferable to be included in the form of -SOt-, -SO 2 N (Rc)-, or a combination of these.
Y 1 to Y 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. Among them, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable from the viewpoint of easier handling. t represents an integer of 1 to 3. The above Ra, Rb and Rc each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, or Represents a heteroaryl group.
Further, when a plurality of R 12 's or R 11 and R 12 are mutually linked to form a ring structure, the above ring structure further has a substituent (for example, one exemplified in the substituent group T). May be
In addition, there is no particular limitation on an embodiment in which a plurality of R 12 's or R 11 and R 12 bond to each other to form a ring, but for example, carbon in monovalent substituents represented by R 11 and R 12 An embodiment in which atoms selected from atoms, nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms bond to each other to form a ring can be mentioned. For example, in the case where two adjacent R 12 's are both alkenyl groups (eg, vinyl groups), when terminal carbon atoms in the respective alkenyl groups are bonded to each other, a benzene ring can be formed. In addition, when two adjacent R 12 's are both alkyl groups, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring can be formed when terminal carbon atoms in the respective alkyl groups are bonded to each other.
 また、式(1)において、R12が複数存在する場合、各々同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。 Moreover, in Formula (1), when there exist two or more R < 12 >, they may be same or different, respectively.
 化合物Aは、なかでも、抗ウイルス活性が高い点で、X11が-CR11=を表し、且つ、X12~X15がいずれも-CR12=を表すか、X11~X15のうち1つ若しくは2つが窒素原子を表し、それ以外が-CR11=又は-CR12=を表すか、後述する式(4)で表される化合物であるか、又は、後述する式(5)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Compound A, among others, in that the anti-viral activity is high, X 11 represents -CR 11 =, and either both X 12 ~ X 15 represents -CR 12 =, among X 11 ~ X 15 One or two represent a nitrogen atom, and the others represent -CR 11 = or -CR 12 =, or a compound represented by the formula (4) described later, or a formula (5) described later It is preferable that it is a compound represented.
 また、化合物Aは、フェノール性水酸基を1つのみ含む化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound A is preferably a compound containing only one phenolic hydroxyl group.
 化合物Aとしては、なかでも、下記式(4)で表される化合物、又は下記式(5)で表される化合物がより好ましい。 Among them, as the compound A, a compound represented by the following formula (4) or a compound represented by the following formula (5) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 上記式(4)中、X12及びX15は、式(1)中のX12及びX15と同義であり、またその好適態様も同じである。
 X12及びX15は、なかでも、-CH=を表すことが好ましい。
 上記式(4)中、L4は、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
 L4で表される2価の連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、2価の脂肪族炭化水素基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状であってもよく、炭素数1~20であることが好ましく、例えば、アルキレン基が挙げられる。それ以外にも、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基であってもよい。)、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-NRA-、-CO-、及びこれらを2種以上組み合わせた基(例えば、-CHCO-、及び-CHCONRA-等)が挙げられる。ここで、RAは、水素原子又はアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)を表す。L4で表される2価の連結基としては、なかでも、2価の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-NRA-、-CO-、又は、これらを2種以上組み合わせた基が好ましく、アルキレン基、-O-、-CO-、-OCO-、-SO2-NRA-、-NRASO2-、-CO-NRA-、-CHCO-、-CHCONRA-、又は-NRA-CO-がより好ましい。
 なお、上記2価の連結基中の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子等の他の置換基で置換されていてもよい。
The formula (4) in, X 12 and X 15 has the same meaning as X 12 and X 15 in the formula (1) and its preferred embodiments are also the same.
Among them, X 12 and X 15 preferably represent —CH =.
In the above formula (4), L 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group represented by L 4 is not particularly limited but, for example, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic, and has 1 to 20 carbon atoms) And the like, for example, an alkylene group, which may also be an alkenylene group or an alkynylene group), -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -NR A -,- CO- and groups in which two or more of these are combined (eg, -CH 2 CO 2- , -CH 2 CONR A-, etc.) can be mentioned. Here, R A represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20). As the divalent linking group represented by L 4 , among others, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —NR A −, —CO—, or these are preferably composed of a combination of at least two groups, an alkylene group, -O -, - CO -, - OCO -, - SO 2 -NR a -, - NR a SO 2 -, - CO-NR a -, - CH 2 CO 2- , -CH 2 CONR A- , or -NR A -CO- is more preferable.
In addition, the hydrogen atom in the said bivalent coupling group may be substituted by other substituents, such as a halogen atom.
 上記式(4)中、R4は、水素原子又は1価の置換基を表す。
 R4で表される1価の置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、上述した置換基群Tに例示されるものが挙げられる。但し、式(4)中、L4が単結合を表す場合、R4は、水酸基以外の1価の置換基を表す。
In the formula (4), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
The monovalent substituent represented by R 4 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T. In the formula (4), if the L 4 represents a single bond, R 4 represents a monovalent substituent other than hydroxyl group.
 上記式(4)中のR4で表される1価の置換基としては、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルケニル基)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルキニル基)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基)、スルホン酸基若しくはその塩、カルボキシ基若しくはその塩、リン酸基若しくはその塩、ハロゲン原子(フッ素、塩素、臭素、又はヨウ素が好ましい。)、アセタール基、ニトロ基、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のアミノ基)、又はアリール若しくはヘテロアリールアゾ基(-N=N-Ar)が好ましい。
 これらの基は、更に、上述した置換基群Tに例示される基で置換されていてもよい。なお、上記アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、及びアリール若しくはヘテロアリールアゾ基が置換基を有する場合、置換基としては、具体的には、水酸基(フェノール性水酸基は除く)、及びアルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基)、スルホン酸基若しくはその塩、カルボキシ基若しくはその塩、リン酸基若しくはその塩、及びハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
The monovalent substituent represented by R 4 in the above formula (4) is an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) or an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) , An alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a sulfonic acid group or a salt thereof, a carboxy group or a salt thereof, a phosphoric acid group or a salt thereof , A halogen atom (fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine is preferred), an acetal group, a nitro group, an amino group (preferably an amino group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms), or an aryl or heteroarylazo group (-N = N -Ar) is preferred.
These groups may be further substituted by the groups exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T. In addition, when the said alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and an aryl or heteroaryl azo group have a substituent, specifically, a hydroxyl group (except phenolic hydroxyl group), and an alkoxy group (preferably) are mentioned as a substituent And C 1 -C 20 alkoxy groups), sulfonic acid groups or salts thereof, carboxy groups or salts thereof, phosphoric acid groups or salts thereof, halogen atoms and the like.
 上記式(4)中のR4で表される1価の置換基としては、なかでも炭化水素基が好ましく、なかでも、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、又はアラルキル基が好ましい。なお、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、及びアラルキル基中に含まれるアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状及び環状のいずれであってもよい。
 なお、上記アラルキル基としては、上述したアルキル基中の水素原子の1つを上述したアリール基で置き換えた基が挙げられる。アラルキル基としては、具体的には、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、及びナフチルメチル基が挙げられる。
The monovalent substituent represented by R 4 in the above formula (4) is preferably a hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. The alkyl group contained in the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the alkynyl group and the aralkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
In addition, as said aralkyl group, the group which substituted one of the hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group mentioned above by the aryl group mentioned above is mentioned. Specific examples of the aralkyl group include benzyl group, phenethyl group and naphthylmethyl group.
 但し、-L4-R4で表される基は、水酸基及びアルコキシカルボニル基のいずれでもない。つまり、-L4-R4で表される基は水酸基でもないし、アルコキシカルボニル基でもない。 However, the group represented by -L 4 -R 4 is neither a hydroxyl group nor an alkoxycarbonyl group. That is, the group represented by -L 4 -R 4 is neither a hydroxyl group nor an alkoxycarbonyl group.
 R4で表される1価の置換基が炭化水素基である場合、炭化水素基の炭素数としては、特定フェノール系化合物がClogP値が高くなることによって抗ウイルス性により優れる点で、7以上が好ましく、8以上がより好ましく、10以上が更に好ましく、12以上が特に好ましい。なお、炭素数の上限は特に制限されないが、例えば、20以下である。
 また、R4で表される1価の置換基が炭化水素基である場合、炭化水素基のClogP値は特に制限されないが、例えば、1.10~10.00であり、4.00~10.00が好ましい。
When the monovalent substituent represented by R 4 is a hydrocarbon group, the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is 7 or more in the point that the specific phenol compound is more excellent in antiviral property by increasing the C log P value. Is preferably 8 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and particularly preferably 12 or more. The upper limit of the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 20 or less.
When the monovalent substituent represented by R 4 is a hydrocarbon group, the ClogP value of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1.10 to 10.00, 4.00 to 10 .00 is preferred.
 上記式(5)中、X11及びX15は、式(1)中のX11及びX15と同義であり、またその好適態様も同じである。
 X11及びX15は、なかでも、-CH=を表すことが好ましい。
 上記式(5)中、L5は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 L5で表される2価の連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、Lで表される2価の連結基として例示したものが挙げられる。
 上記式(5)中、R5は、水素原子、又は1価の置換基を表す。
 R5で表される1価の置換基は、式(4)中、R4で表される1価の置換基と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 但し、-L5-R5で表される基は、水酸基ではない。
The formula (5) in, X 11 and X 15 have the same meanings as X 11 and X 15 in the formula (1) and its preferred embodiments are also the same.
Among others, X 11 and X 15 preferably represent —CH =.
In the above formula (5), L 5 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group represented by L 5 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified as the divalent linking group represented by L 4 .
In the above formula (5), R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, or a monovalent substituent.
The monovalent substituent represented by R 5 has the same meaning as the monovalent substituent represented by R 4 in Formula (4), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
However, the group represented by -L 5 -R 5 is not a hydroxyl group.
 R5で表される1価の置換基が炭化水素基である場合、炭化水素基の炭素数としては、特定フェノール系化合物がClogP値が高くなることによって抗ウイルス性により優れる点で、7以上が好ましく、8以上がより好ましく、10以上が更に好ましく、12以上が特に好ましい。なお、炭素数の上限は特に制限されないが、例えば、20以下である。
 また、R5で表される1価の置換基が炭化水素基である場合、炭化水素基のClogP値は特に制限されないが、例えば、1.10~10.00であり、4.00~10.00が好ましい。
When the monovalent substituent represented by R 5 is a hydrocarbon group, the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is 7 or more in the point that the specific phenol compound is more excellent in antiviral property by increasing the C log P value. Is preferably 8 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and particularly preferably 12 or more. The upper limit of the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 20 or less.
When the monovalent substituent represented by R 5 is a hydrocarbon group, the ClogP value of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1.10 to 10.00, 4.00 to 10 .00 is preferred.
<化合物B>
 化合物Bは、下記式(2)で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を1個又は2個除いた残基(以下、「式(2)残基」ともいう。)を2個以上含む化合物が該当する。
 化合物Bは、複数の式(2)残基同士が直接結合した構造であってもよいし、複数の式(2)残基が連結基を介して結合した構造であってもよい。また、化合物B中に存在する複数の式(2)残基は、それぞれ同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。
 化合物B中、式(2)残基の数は、特に制限されないが、2~10000個が好ましい。
 化合物Bの分子量(分子量分布を有する場合には重量平均分子量)は特に制限されないが、例えば、185~100万であり、185~50万が好ましい。なお、化合物Bがポリマーである場合、重量平均分子量(Mw)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
 以下に、まず、式(2)残基について説明する。
<Compound B>
The compound B is also referred to as “residue of the formula (2) residue” obtained by removing one or two hydrogen atoms other than the hydrogen atom in the hydroxyl group in the compound represented by the following formula (2). The compound which contains 2 or more of 2) corresponds.
Compound B may have a structure in which a plurality of residues of formula (2) are directly bonded to each other, or may have a structure in which a plurality of residues of formula (2) are bonded via a linking group. In addition, a plurality of residues of the formula (2) present in the compound B may be identical to or different from each other.
In the compound B, the number of residues of the formula (2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 10,000.
The molecular weight (weight average molecular weight in the case of having a molecular weight distribution) of the compound B is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 185 to 1,000,000, and preferably 185 to 500,000. In addition, when the compound B is a polymer, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) is defined as a polystyrene conversion value by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography).
Below, a residue of Formula (2) is demonstrated first.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 上記式(2)中、X21は、窒素原子、又は-CR21=を表す。R21は、水素原子、又は水酸基を除く1価の置換基を表す。
 R21で表される1価の置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、上述した置換基群Tに例示されるもの(但し、水酸基を除く)が挙げられる。
In the above formula (2), X 21 represents a nitrogen atom or -CR 21 =. R 21 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group.
The monovalent substituent represented by R 21 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned Substituent Group T (with the exception of the hydroxyl group).
 X22~X25は、各々独立に、窒素原子、又は-CR22=を表す。R22は、水素原子、又は水酸基を除く1価の置換基を表す。
 R22で表される1価の置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、上述した置換基群Tに例示されるもの(但し、水酸基を除く)が挙げられる。
Each of X 22 to X 25 independently represents a nitrogen atom or —CR 22を. R 22 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group.
The monovalent substituent represented by R 22 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned Substituent Group T (except for the hydroxyl group).
 なお、式(2)において、複数のR22同士、並びに、R21及びR22は、互いに連結して環構造を形成してもよい。複数のR22同士、又は、R21及びR22が互いに連結して環構造を形成する場合、上記環構造は、芳香族環であっても、非芳香族環であってもよい。また、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。ヘテロ原子の種類は特に制限されないが、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、又はテルル原子等が挙げられる。なお、複数のR22同士、又はR21及びR22が互いに連結して環構造を形成する態様としては、上述した複数のR12同士が互いに連結して環構造を形成する態様と同じである。
 また、式(2)において、R22が複数存在する場合、各々同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。
 式(2)で表される化合物は、なかでも、抗ウイルス活性が高い点で、X21が-CR21=を表し、且つ、X22~X25がいずれも-CR22=を表すか、又は、X21~X25のうち1つ若しくは2つが窒素原子を表し、それ以外が-CR21=又は-CR22=を表すことが好ましく、X21が-CR21=を表し、且つ、X22~X25がいずれも-CR22=を表すことがより好ましい。
In Formula (2), a plurality of R 22 's, and R 21 and R 22 may be linked to each other to form a ring structure. When a plurality of R 22 's or R 21' s and R 22 's are linked to each other to form a ring structure, the ring structure may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring. In addition, it may contain a hetero atom. The type of hetero atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. In addition, as an aspect which several R 22 comrades mutually connect, or R 21 and R 22 mutually form ring structure, it is the same as the aspect which several R 12 comrades mentioned above mutually mutually connect and form ring structure. .
Moreover, in Formula (2), when there exist two or more R < 22 >, they may be same or different, respectively.
Among the compounds represented by the formula (2), in terms of high antiviral activity, whether X 21 represents -CR 21 = and X 22 to X 25 all represent-CR 22 =, Alternatively, it is preferable that one or two of X 21 to X 25 represent a nitrogen atom, and the others represent -CR 21 = or -CR 22 =, and X 21 represents -CR 21 =, and X More preferably, all of 22 to X 25 represent -CR 22 =.
 上記式(2)で表される化合物は、式中に明示される水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子が1個又は2個除かれることにより残基を形成する。言い換えると、上記式(2)で表される化合物は、X21~X25のうち1個又は2個が-CH=を表すか、又は、X21~X25のうち1個又は2個が、水素原子を有する基である-CR21=若しくは-CR22=を表す。つまり、上記式(2)で表される化合物は、上記1個又は2個の水素原子が除かれることにより残基を形成する。
 上記式(2)で表される化合物は、
 ・X21~X25のうち少なくとも1個又は2個が-CH=を表し、且つ、上述した1個又は2個の-CH=中の水素原子が除かれることにより残基を形成するか、
 ・X21が-CR21=、X22が-CR22=を表し、且つ、上記R21及び上記R22が互いに連結して形成される環構造上の水素原子が1個又は2個除かれることにより残基を形成するか、
 ・X22及びX23がいずれも-CR22=を表し、且つ、これら2個のR22が互いに連結して形成される環構造上の水素原子が1個又は2個除かれることにより残基を形成することが好ましい。
 なかでも、上記式(2)で表される化合物は、X21~X25のうち少なくとも1個又は2個が-CH=を表し、且つ、上述した1個又は2個の-CH=中の水素原子が除かれることにより残基を形成することがより好ましい。
The compound represented by the above formula (2) forms a residue by removing one or two hydrogen atoms other than the hydrogen atom in the hydroxyl group specified in the formula. In other words, the compound represented by the formula (2) is either one or two of X 21 ~ X 25 represents -CH =, or one or two of X 21 ~ X 25 is And a group having a hydrogen atom, -CR 21 = or -CR 22 =. That is, the compound represented by the said Formula (2) forms a residue by removing the said one or two hydrogen atoms.
The compound represented by the above formula (2) is
Or at least one or two of X 21 to X 25 represent —CH =, and a hydrogen atom in one or two of the —CH = mentioned above is removed to form a residue,
-X 21 is -CR 21 =, X 22 is -CR 22 =, and one or two hydrogen atoms on the ring structure formed by the above R 21 and the above R 22 being linked to each other are removed To form residues by
・ X 22 and X 23 both represent —CR 22 、, and a residue is obtained by removing one or two hydrogen atoms on a ring structure formed by linking two R 22 with each other. It is preferable to form
Among them, in the compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (2), at least one or two of X 21 to X 25 represent —CH 、, and one or two of the above-mentioned —CH 中It is more preferable to form a residue by removing a hydrogen atom.
 なお、式(2)において、抗ウイルス性がより優れる点で、配糖体でないことが好ましい。 In addition, in Formula (2), it is preferable that it is not a glycoside from the point which antiviral property is more excellent.
 次に、化合物Bについて説明する。
 上述のとおり、化合物Bは、複数の式(2)残基同士が直接結合した構造であってもよいし、複数の式(2)残基が連結基を介して結合した構造であってもよい。
 化合物Bは、複数の式(2)残基が連結基を介して結合した構造である場合、下記式(2A-1)で表される化合物、下記式(2A-2)で表される化合物、下記式(2A-3)で表される化合物、又は、下記式(2A-4)で表される繰り返し単位を含むポリマーが好ましい。
(下記式(2A-1)で表される化合物)
Next, the compound B will be described.
As described above, compound B may have a structure in which a plurality of residues of formula (2) are directly bonded to each other, or may have a structure in which a plurality of residues of formula (2) are bonded via a linking group Good.
The compound B is a compound represented by the following formula (2A-1) or a compound represented by the following formula (2A-2) when it has a structure in which a plurality of residues of the formula (2) are linked via a linking group A compound represented by the following formula (2A-3) or a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2A-4) is preferable.
(Compound represented by the following formula (2A-1))
 上記式(2A-1)中、Y21は、下記式(2-1)で表される基、下記式(2-2)で表される基、又は下記式(2-3)で表される基を表す。なお、下記式(2-1)で表される基、下記式(2-2)で表される基、及び下記式(2-3)で表される基は、上記式(2)で表される化合物から形成される残基であって、X21~X25のうち少なくとも1個が-CH=を表し、且つ、1個の上記-CH=中の水素原子が除かれて形成される残基に該当する。 In the above formula (2A-1), Y 21 is represented by a group represented by the following formula (2-1), a group represented by the following formula (2-2), or the following formula (2-3) Represents a group. The group represented by the following formula (2-1), the group represented by the following formula (2-2), and the group represented by the following formula (2-3) are shown in the above formula (2). Embedded image wherein at least one of X 21 to X 25 represents —CH =, and a hydrogen atom in one of the —CH 除 か is removed and formed It corresponds to the residue.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 なお、上記式式(2-1)で表される基、上記式(2-2)で表される基、及び上記式(2-3)で表される基中、X21~X25は、上述した式(2)中のX21~X25と同義である。 In the group represented by the formula (2-1), the group represented by the formula (2-2), and the group represented by the formula (2-3), X 21 to X 25 are And the same as X 21 to X 25 in the above-mentioned formula (2).
 上記式(2A-1)中、M21は、p価の連結基を表す。つまり、式(2A-1)は、上記式(2-1)で表される基、上記式(2-2)で表される基、又は上記式(2-3)で表される基をp個有する化合物に該当する。
 pは、2以上の整数を表し、2~10が好ましく、2~6がより好ましい。
In the above formula (2A-1), M 21 represents a p-valent linking group. That is, in the formula (2A-1), a group represented by the above formula (2-1), a group represented by the above formula (2-2), or a group represented by the above formula (2-3) It corresponds to the compound which has p pieces.
p represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably 2 to 10, and more preferably 2 to 6.
 M21で表される連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば下記に示す連結基が挙げられる。
(2価の連結基)
 M21で表される2価の連結基は特に制限されないが、例えば、2価の炭化水素基(2価の飽和炭化水素基であっても、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基であってもよい。2価の飽和炭化水素基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状であってもよく、炭素数1~20であることが好ましく、例えば、アルキレン基が挙げられる。また、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基としては、炭素数5~20であることが好ましく、例えば、フェニレン基が挙げられる。それ以外にも、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~20)、アルキニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~20)であってもよい。)、2価の複素環基、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-NRA-、-CO-、-CO-及びこれらを2種以上組み合わせた基が挙げられる。ここで、RAは、水素原子又はアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数1~16)、又はヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数2~13)を表す。
 なお、上記複素環及びヘテロアリール基としては、少なくとも1つの窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又はセレン原子を環構造内に有する5~7員環であることが好ましく、5~6員環がより好ましい。
 上述した2価の連結基は、更に置換されていてもよい。置換基としては特に制限されないが、上記置換基群Tで例示されるものが挙げられる。
The linking group represented by M 21 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the linking groups shown below.
(Divalent linking group)
The divalent linking group represented by M 21 is not particularly limited, and, for example, a divalent hydrocarbon group (even if it is a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group) The divalent saturated hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkylene group. The divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms and includes, for example, a phenylene group Other than that, an alkenylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 20) and an alkynylene group Preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20)), a divalent heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -NR A- , -CO-, -CO 2 -and The group which combined 2 or more types of these is mentioned. Here, R A represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 10), an acyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 12), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 16), or a heteroaryl group (Preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 13).
The hetero ring and heteroaryl group are preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or selenium atom in the ring structure, and a 5- to 6-membered ring is preferred. More preferable.
The divalent linking group described above may be further substituted. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T.
(3価以上の連結基)
 M21で表される3価以上の連結基は特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素原子、珪素原子、窒素原子、p価の脂肪族炭化水素基、p価の芳香族炭化水素基、脂肪族炭化水素基と芳香族炭化水素基からなるp価の基、又はp価の複素環が挙げられる。
 上記脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる炭素数は、3~15が好ましく、3~10がより好ましく、5~10が更に好ましい。
 上記芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる炭素数は、6~18が好ましく、6~14がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。
 上記複素環としては、少なくとも1つの窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又はセレン原子を環構造内に有する5~7員環であることが好ましく、5~6員環がより好ましい。
(Trivalent or higher linking group)
The linking group having three or more valences represented by M 21 is not particularly limited, but, for example, carbon atoms, silicon atoms, nitrogen atoms, p-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, p-valent aromatic hydrocarbon groups, aliphatic carbons Examples thereof include p-valent groups consisting of a hydrogen group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or p-valent heterocyclic rings.
The number of carbon atoms contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 3 to 15, more preferably 3 to 10, and still more preferably 5 to 10.
The number of carbon atoms contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 18, more preferably 6 to 14, and still more preferably 6 to 10.
The hetero ring is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or selenium atom in the ring structure, and a 5- to 6-membered ring is more preferable.
 M21で表される3価以上の連結基としては、具体的には、下記式(M1)~式(M11)で表される基が挙げられる。
 なお、下記式(M1)~式(M11)中、L24~L69は、各々独立に、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。L24~L69で表される2価の連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、上述したM21で表される2価の連結基と同様のものが挙げられる。
 RBは、1価の置換基を表す。RBで表される1価の置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、上述した置換基群Tに例示されるものが挙げられる。
 qは、1~3の整数を表し、1又は2がより好ましい。
 *は、上述したY21との連結位置を表す。
Specific examples of the trivalent or higher linking group represented by M 21 include groups represented by the following formulas (M1) to (M11).
In the following formulas (M1) to (M11), L 24 to L 69 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group represented by L 24 to L 69 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the same divalent linking groups represented by M 21 described above.
R B represents a monovalent substituent. The monovalent substituent represented by R B is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T.
q represents an integer of 1 to 3, and 1 or 2 is more preferable.
* Represents the connecting position with Y 21 described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 M21で表される連結基としては、後述するように特定フェノール系化合物がClogP値が高くなることによって優れた抗ウイルス性を得る観点からは、なかでも、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の炭素数7以上の炭化水素基を含む基が好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の炭素数8以上の炭化水素基を含む基がより好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の炭素数10以上の炭化水素基を含む基が更に好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の炭素数12以上の炭化水素基を含む基が特に好ましく、分岐鎖状の炭素数12以上の炭化水素基を含む基が最も好ましい。なお、上記炭化水素基の炭素数の上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば30以下である。
 直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の炭素数7以上の炭化水素基を含む基としては、例えば、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の炭素数7以上の炭化水素基が挙げられる。
 なお、上記炭化水素基のClogP値としては特に制限されないが、例えば、1.00以上であり、5.00以上が好ましく、7.00以上がより好ましい。なお、その上限値は特に制限されず、例えば15.00以下である。
 上記炭化水素基のClogP値は、ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13により求めることができる。
As the linking group represented by M 21 , from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent antiviral property when the specific phenol compound increases ClogP value as described later, a linear or branched carbon is particularly preferable. Groups containing 7 or more hydrocarbon groups are preferable, and linear or branched groups containing 8 or more carbon hydrocarbon groups are more preferable, and linear or branched carbon atoms having 10 or more carbon atoms are preferable. A group containing a hydrogen group is more preferable, a group containing a linear or branched hydrocarbon group having 12 or more carbon atoms is particularly preferable, and a group containing a branched hydrocarbon group having 12 or more carbon atoms is most preferable. . The upper limit of the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 30 or less.
As a group containing a linear or branched C7 or more hydrocarbon group, a linear or branched C7 or more hydrocarbon group is mentioned, for example.
The ClogP value of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1.00 or more, preferably 5.00 or more, and more preferably 7.00 or more. In addition, the upper limit in particular is not restrict | limited, For example, it is 15.00 or less.
The ClogP value of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group can be determined by ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13.
(下記式(2A-2)で表される化合物) (Compound represented by the following formula (2A-2))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 上記式(2A-2)中、Y22及びY23は、上記式(2A-1)中のY21と同義である。
 L21及びL22は、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。L21及びL22で表される2価の連結基としては、上記式(2A-1)中のM21で表される2価の連結基と同義である。L21及びL22としては、2価の連結基が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキレン基がより好ましい。
In the above formula (2A-2), Y 22 and Y 23 have the same meaning as Y 21 in the above formula (2A-1).
L 21 and L 22 each represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group represented by L 21 and L 22 has the same meaning as the divalent linking group represented by M 21 in the above formula (2A-1). As L 21 and L 22 , a divalent linking group is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
 Z21は、上記式(2)で表される化合物から形成される残基であり、X21~X25のうち2個が少なくとも-CH=を表し、且つ、2個の上記-CH=中の水素原子が除かれて形成される残基であることが好ましい。Z21で表される残基としては、例えば、下記式(2-4)で表される基が挙げられる。 Z 21 is a residue formed from the compound represented by the above formula (2), and at least two of X 21 to X 25 represent at least -CH =, and two of the above -CH = It is preferable that it is a residue formed by removing a hydrogen atom of Examples of the residue represented by Z 21 include groups represented by the following formula (2-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 なお、上記式式(2-4)で表される基中、X21、X22、及びX25は、上述した式(2)中のX21~X25と同義である。 In the group represented by the above formula (2-4), X 21 , X 22 and X 25 have the same meanings as X 21 to X 25 in the above-mentioned formula (2).
 rは、1~6の整数を表す。rとしては、1~4が好ましく、1又は2がより好ましい。 R represents an integer of 1 to 6; As r, 1 to 4 is preferable, and 1 or 2 is more preferable.
(下記式(2A-3)で表される化合物) (Compound represented by the following formula (2A-3))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 上記式(2A-3)中、Z22は、上記式(2A-2)中のZ21と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 L23は、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。L23で表される2価の連結基としては、上記式(2A-1)中のM21で表される2価の連結基と同義である。L23としては、2価の連結基が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキル基がより好ましい。
In the above formula (2A-3), Z 22 has the same meaning as Z 21 in the above formula (2A-2), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
L 23 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group represented by L 23 has the same meaning as the divalent linking group represented by M 21 in the above formula (2A-1). As L 23 , a divalent linking group is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
 sは、1~6の整数を表す。rとしては、1~4が好ましく、1又は2がより好ましい。 S represents an integer of 1 to 6; As r, 1 to 4 is preferable, and 1 or 2 is more preferable.
(下記式(2A-4)で表される繰り返し単位を含むポリマー) (Polymer Containing Repeating Unit Represented by the Following Formula (2A-4))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 上記式(2A-4)中、R23~R25は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。
 Y24は、上記式(2A-1)中のY21と同義である。
 L72は、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。L72で表される2価の連結基としては、上記式(2A-1)中のM21で表される2価の連結基と同義である。L72としては、単結合、-CO2-、-CONRA-、-O-、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、及びこれらの基を組み合わせた2価の連結基好ましく、単結合、-CO2-、-CONRA-、-O-、又は炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、及びこれらの基を組み合わせた2価の連結基がより好ましい。上記RAは、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~10)、又はヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数2~13)を表す。なお、上記ヘテロアリール基としては、少なくとも1つの窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又はセレン原子を環構造内に有する5~7員環であることが好ましく、5~6員環がより好ましい。
 上述した2価の連結基は、更に置換されていてもよい。置換基としては特に制限されないが、上記置換基群Tで例示されるものが挙げられる。
In the above formula (2A-4), each of R 23 to R 25 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Y 24 has the same meaning as Y 21 in the above formula (2A-1).
L 72 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group represented by L 72 has the same meaning as the divalent linking group represented by M 21 in the above formula (2A-1). L 72 is preferably a single bond, -CO 2- , -CONR A- , -O-, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a divalent linking group combining these groups, a single bond, -CO 2 2- , -CONR A- , -O-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and a divalent linking group combining these groups are more preferable. The above R A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 10), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 10), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 13). The heteroaryl group is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or selenium atom in the ring structure, and a 5- to 6-membered ring is more preferred.
The divalent linking group described above may be further substituted. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T.
<化合物C:式(3)で表される化合物> <Compound C: Compound Represented by Formula (3)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 上記式(3)中、X31~X33は、各々独立に、窒素原子、又は-CR31=を表す。
 上記R31は、水素原子、又は水酸基を除く1価の置換基を表す。
 R31で表される1価の置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、上述した置換基群Tに例示されるもの(但し、水酸基を除く)が挙げられる。
In the above formula (3), X 31 to X 33 each independently represent a nitrogen atom or —CR 31 =.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group.
The monovalent substituent represented by R 31 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned Substituent Group T (except for the hydroxyl group).
 Y31及びY32は、各々独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、>NR32、>C=O、-CR33=CR34-、又は>C=Sを表す。但し、Y31が酸素原子、硫黄原子、>NR32、又は-CR33=CR34-を表す場合、Y32は、>C=O、又は>C=Sを表す。また、Y32が酸素原子、硫黄原子、>NR32、又は-CR33=CR34-を表す場合、Y31は、>C=O、又は>C=Sを表す。 Y 31 and Y 32 each independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom,> NR 32 ,> C = O, —CR 33 CRCR 34 —, or> C = S. However, in the case where Y 31 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom,> NR 32 or —CR 33 CRCR 34 —, Y 32 represents> C = O or> CYS. Further, Y 32 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom,> NR 32, or -CR 33 = CR 34 - may represent, Y 31 represents a> C = O, or> C = S.
 R32、R33、及びR34は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は1価の置換基を表す。
 R32で表される1価の置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、上述した置換基群Tに例示されるものが挙げられる。
 R32、R33、及びR34としては、なかでも、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基が好ましい。
Each of R 32 , R 33 and R 34 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
The monovalent substituent represented by R 32 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group T.
Among them, a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is preferable as R 32 , R 33 and R 34 .
 R32、R33、及びR34で表される脂肪族炭化水素基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。
 また、R32、R33、及びR34で表される脂肪族炭化水素基は、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。ヘテロ原子の種類は特に制限されないが、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、及びテルル原子等が挙げられる。なかでも、抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、-Y1-、-N(Ra)-、-C(=Y2)-、-CON(Rb)-、-C(=Y3)Y4-、-SOt-、-SO2N(Rc)-、又はこれらを組み合わせた基の態様で含まれることが好ましい。
 Y1~Y4は、各々独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、及びテルル原子からなる群から選択される。なかでも、取り扱いがより簡便である点から、酸素原子、又は硫黄原子が好ましい。tは、1~3の整数を表す。上記Ra、Rb、及びRcは、各々独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~16のアリール基、又は炭素数2~13ヘテロアリール基を表す。
 なお、上記脂肪族炭化水素基がヘテロ原子を含む場合、-CH2-がヘテロ原子で置換される。
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 32 , R 33 and R 34 may be linear, branched or cyclic.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 32 , R 33 and R 34 may contain a hetero atom. The type of hetero atom is not particularly limited, and examples include oxygen atom, nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, selenium atom, and tellurium atom. Of these, from the viewpoint of excellent by antiviral activity, -Y 1 -, - N ( Ra) -, - C (= Y 2) -, - CON (Rb) -, - C (= Y 3) Y 4 -, It is preferable to be included in the form of -SOt-, -SO 2 N (Rc)-, or a combination of these.
Y 1 to Y 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. Among them, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable from the viewpoint of easier handling. t represents an integer of 1 to 3. Each of Ra, Rb and Rc independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, or a heteroaryl group having 2 to 13 carbon atoms.
When the aliphatic hydrocarbon group contains a hetero atom, —CH 2 — is substituted with a hetero atom.
 R32、R33、及びR34で表される脂肪族炭化水素基としては、具体的には、アルキル基(炭素数1~20が好ましく、炭素数1~10がより好ましく、炭素数1~6が更に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~20が好ましく、炭素数2~10がより好ましく、炭素数2~6が更に好ましい)、及びアルキニル基(炭素数2~20が好ましく、炭素数2~10がより好ましく、炭素数2~6が更に好ましい)等が挙げられる。なかでも、アルキル基が好ましい。 Specifically, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 32 , R 33 and R 34 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms 6, an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and an alkynyl group (preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a carbon number) 2 to 10 are more preferable, and the carbon number is more preferably 2 to 6). Among them, an alkyl group is preferable.
 R32、R33、及びR34で表されるアリール基としては、例えば、炭素数6~18のアリール基が挙げられる。
 アリール基は、単環構造であっても、2つ以上の環が縮環した縮環構造(縮合環構造)であってもよい。
 アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
 R32、R33、及びR34で表されるヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、フリル基、チオフリル基、ピリジル基、ピラゾール基、イミダゾリル基、ベンゾイミダゾリル基、インドリル基、キノリル基、イソキノリル基、プリン基、ピリミジル基、ピラジル基、オキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、トリアジル基、カルバゾリル基、キノキサリル基、及びチアジン基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the aryl group represented by R 32 , R 33 and R 34 include aryl groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
The aryl group may be a single ring structure or a condensed ring structure (fused ring structure) in which two or more rings are fused.
As an aryl group, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, for example, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
Examples of the heteroaryl group represented by R 32 , R 33 and R 34 include furyl group, thiofuryl group, pyridyl group, pyrazole group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, indolyl group, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, purine group And pyrimidyl group, pyrazyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, triazyl group, carbazolyl group, quinoxalyl group, and thiazine group.
 Y31及びY32としては、抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、Y31及びY32の一方が酸素原子、又は-CR33=CR34-であり、他方が>C=Oであることが好ましい。 The Y 31 and Y 32, from the viewpoint of excellent by antiviral activity, while the oxygen atom of Y 31 and Y 32, or -CR 33 = CR 34 - and it is preferably the other is a> C = O.
 なお、式(3)において、複数のR31同士は、互いに連結して環構造を形成してもよい。複数のR31同士が互いに連結して環構造を形成する場合、上記環構造は、芳香族環であっても、非芳香族環であってもよい。また、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。ヘテロ原子の種類は特に制限されないが、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、又はテルル原子等が挙げられる。なお、複数のR31同士が互いに連結して環構造を形成する態様としては、上述した複数のR12同士が互いに連結して環構造を形成する態様と同じである。
 また、式(3)において、R31が複数存在する場合、各々同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。
 化合物Cは、なかでも、抗ウイルス活性が高い点で、X31~X33がいずれも-CR31=を表すか、又は、X31~X33のうち1つ若しくは2つが窒素原子を表し、それ以外が-CR31=を表すことが好ましい。
In Formula (3), a plurality of R 31 may be linked to each other to form a ring structure. When a plurality of R 31 's are linked to each other to form a ring structure, the ring structure may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring. In addition, it may contain a hetero atom. The type of hetero atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. In addition, as an aspect which several R 31 mutually connects mutually and forms a ring structure, it is the same as the aspect which several R 12 comrades mentioned above mutually mutually connect and form a ring structure.
Moreover, in Formula (3), when there exist multiple R < 31 >, they may be same or different, respectively.
Among the compounds C, X 31 to X 33 each represent —CR 31 =, or one or two of X 31 to X 33 each represent a nitrogen atom, in terms of high antiviral activity, among others It is preferred that the others represent -CR 31 =.
 特定フェノール系化合物のpKaは、抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、10.0以上が好ましい。つまり言い換えると、化合物AのpKa、化合物BのpKa、及び化合物CのpKaは、いずれも10.0以上が好ましい。上記pKaの範囲は、10.5以上がより好ましく、11.0以上が更に好ましく、11.5以上が特に好ましい。
 抗ウイルス組成物のpHが9.5超14.0以下である場合、特定フェノール系化合物中のフェノール性水酸基は、水素イオンが解離することによりフェノキサイドアニオンとなる。このフェノキサイドアニオンが、ウイルス表面に存在する酸基を脱プロトン化することにより、ウイルスが不活性化されると推測されるが、このとき、特定フェノール系化合物のpKaが10.0以上の場合、上記脱プロトン化反応がより生じやすくなると推測される。つまり、特定フェノール系化合物のpKaが10.0以上の場合、抗ウイルス活性がより優れる。
 なお、上記化合物A~上記化合物Cが多段階の解離を伴う多価酸である場合、いずれかの解離に基づくpKaが10.0以上であればよいが、特定フェノール系化合物中のフェノール性水酸基の解離に由来するpKaが10.0以上であることが好ましい。
 なお、特定フェノール系化合物のpKaの上限値は特に制限されないが、フェノキサイドアニオンが生成され易い観点から、14.0以下が好ましい。
The pKa of the specific phenol compound is preferably 10.0 or more in that it is more excellent in antiviral activity. In other words, the pKa of compound A, the pKa of compound B, and the pKa of compound C are all preferably 10.0 or more. The range of the above pKa is more preferably 10.5 or more, still more preferably 11.0 or more, and particularly preferably 11.5 or more.
When the pH of the antiviral composition is more than 9.5 and 14.0 or less, the phenolic hydroxyl group in the specific phenolic compound becomes a phenoxide anion by dissociation of hydrogen ions. It is speculated that the virus will be inactivated by deprotonating the acid group present on the surface of the virus, when this phenoxy anion is deprotonated on the surface of the virus, in which case the pKa of the specific phenolic compound is 10.0 or more It is presumed that the deprotonation reaction is more likely to occur. That is, when the pKa of the specific phenol compound is 10.0 or more, the antiviral activity is more excellent.
In addition, when said compound A-said compound C are polyvalent acids accompanied by multistep dissociation, although pKa based on either dissociation should just be 10.0 or more, phenolic hydroxyl group in a specific phenolic compound is sufficient. It is preferable that pKa derived from the dissociation of is 10.0 or more.
The upper limit value of the pKa of the specific phenolic compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 14.0 or less from the viewpoint that phenoxide anion is easily generated.
 また、特定フェノール系化合物(化合物A、化合物B、及び化合物C)のClogP値は、例えば、0.50以上であり、抗ウイルス活性がより優れる点で、5.00以上が好ましく、7.00以上がより好ましい。また、その上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば、20.00以下であり、15.00以下が好ましい。
 特定フェノール系化合物のClogP値は、なかでも5.00~20.00が好ましく、7.00~20.00がより好ましく、7.00~15.00が更に好ましい。特定フェノール系化合物がより疎水的である場合(言い換えると、特定化合物のClogP値が5.00以上である場合)、抗ウイルス活性がより優れる。ウイルスは、一般的に、親水部位と疎水部位を有している。このため、特定フェノール系化合物がより疎水的である場合、特定フェノール系化合物は、ウイルスにより吸着しやすくなると考えられる。この結果として、特定化合物は、抗ウイルス活性がより優れる。
 特定フェノール系化合物のClogPは、ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13により求めることができる。
In addition, the ClogP value of the specific phenol compound (compound A, compound B, and compound C) is, for example, 0.50 or more, and 5.00 or more is preferable in that the antiviral activity is more excellent, and 7.00 The above is more preferable. Further, the upper limit thereof is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 20.00 or less, preferably 15.00 or less.
The ClogP value of the specific phenolic compound is preferably 5.00 to 20.00, more preferably 7.00 to 20.00, and still more preferably 7.00 to 15.00. When the specific phenolic compound is more hydrophobic (in other words, when the ClogP value of the specific compound is 5.00 or more), the antiviral activity is more excellent. Viruses generally have hydrophilic and hydrophobic sites. For this reason, when a specific phenolic compound is more hydrophobic, it is considered that the specific phenolic compound is more easily adsorbed by the virus. As a result, the specific compound is more excellent in antiviral activity.
The ClogP of the specific phenolic compound can be determined by ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13.
 なかでも、抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、組成物のpHが10.5以下の場合、特定フェノール系化合物は、pKaが10.5以上であり、且つ化合物自体のClogP値が7.00以上であるか、又は、pKaが11.5以上であり、且つ化合物自体のClogP値が5.00以上であることが好ましい。また、組成物のpHが10.5超の場合、特定フェノール系化合物は、pKaが10.5以上であることが好ましく、pKaが11.5以上であることがより好ましい。 In particular, when the pH of the composition is 10.5 or less, the specific phenolic compound has a pKa of 10.5 or more, and the ClogP value of the compound itself is 7.00 or more in that the antiviral activity is more excellent. Preferably, the pKa is 11.5 or more, and the ClogP value of the compound itself is 5.00 or more. When the pH of the composition is more than 10.5, the specific phenolic compound preferably has a pKa of 10.5 or more, more preferably a pKa of 11.5 or more.
 特定フェノール系化合物としては、抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、化合物A又は化合物Bが好ましく、化合物Aがより好ましい。 The specific phenol compound is preferably compound A or compound B, more preferably compound A, in that the compound is more excellent in antiviral activity.
 以下に、特定フェノール系化合物を例示するが、本発明はこれに制限されない。
 なお、下記例示化合物中、n及びmは、モル比率を表す。
Specific phenolic compounds are exemplified below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
In the following exemplary compounds, n and m represent molar ratios.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 特定フェノール系化合物としては、安全性の観点から、食品添加物として使用されるものも使用できる。具体的には、4-アリル-2,6-ジメトキシフェノール、4-アリルフェノール、カルバクロール、クレオゾール、3-メチルフェノール、2-メチルフェノール、4-メチルフェノール、2-メトキシ-4-プロピルフェノール、2,6-ジメトキシフェノール、2,3-ジメチルフェノール、2,6-ジメチルフェノール、3,5-ジメチルフェノール、4-エトキシフェノール、エチルオイゲニルエーテル、4-エチル-2-メトキシフェノール、4-エチル-2-メトキシフェノール、2-エチルフェノール、3-エチルフェノール、4-エチルフェノール、エチルバニリン プロピレングリコール アセタール(ethylvanillin propyleneglycol acetal)、グアイアコール、4-ヒドロキシベンゾイックアシッド(4-Hydroxybenzoic Acid)、4-ヒドロキシベンジルアルコール、4-(エトキシメチル)フェノール、4-(メトキシメチル)フェノール、4-ヒドロキシフェネチルアルコール、2-イソプロピルフェノール、4-イソプロピルフェノール、3-メトキシ-5-メチルフェノール、3-メトキシフェノール、4-メトキシフェノール、4-(1-ヒドロキシエチル)フェノール、2,6-ジメトキシ-4-メチルフェノール、2,6-ジメトキシ-4-メチルフェノール、3,4-メチレンジオキシフェノール、2-メトキシ-5-メチルフェノール、4-(メチルチオ)フェノール、フェノール、4-プロピルフェノール、4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメトキシベンゾイックアシッド(4-Hydroxy-3,5-dimethoxybenzoic acid)、チモール、2-(メチルチオ)フェノール、バニリックアシッド(Vanillic acid)、バニリン プロピレングリコール アセタール(vanillin propyleneglycol acetal)、4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシベンジルアルコール、4-(ブトキシメチル)-2-メトキシフェノール、4-(エトキシメチル)-2-メトキシフェノール、2-エトキシ-5-(1-プロペニル)フェノール、4-エテニル-2-メトキシフェノール、4-エテニルフェノール、2,4-ジメチルフェノール、2,5-ジメチルフェノール、3,4-ジメチルフェノール、3,4-ジメチルフェノール、4-tert-ブチルフェノール、2,3,6-トリメチルフェノール、2-プロピルフェノール、3-tert-ブチルフェノール、N-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシベンジル)ノナンアミド、バニリン 2,3-ブタンジオール アセタール(vanillin 2,3-butanediol acetal)、2-(3-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシフェニル)-3,4-ジヒドロ-2H-クロメン-7-オール、4-アリル-2-メトキシフェノール、トコフェロール、ナリンジン、マルトール、2-ヒドロキシベンゾイックアシッド、クルクミン、フェルラ酸、フェルラ酸エステル、グアヤコン酸、グアヤレチック酸、オイゲノール、ギンゲロール、ショウガオール、ツヤプリシン、カプサイシン、アゾルビン、アマランス、アルラレッドAC、イエロー2G、イソオイゲノール、エオシン、オレンジGGN、オレンジRN、食用黄色5号、シトラスレッドNo.2、スーダンG、スカーレットGN、食用黄色4号、食用赤色102号、ボンソー2R、ボンソー6R、食用緑色3号、レッド10B、食用赤色105号、食用赤色2号、食用赤色3号、食用赤色40号、ヘスペリジン、メチルへスペリジン、葉酸、又はサリチル酸が好ましく、4-アリル-2,6-ジメトキシフェノール、4-アリルフェノール、カルバクロール、クレオゾール、3-メチルフェノール、2-メチルフェノール、4-メチルフェノール、2-メトキシ-4-プロピルフェノール、2,6-ジメトキシフェノール、2,3-ジメチルフェノール、2,6-ジメチルフェノール、3,5-ジメチルフェノール、4-エトキシフェノール、エチルオイゲニルエーテル、4-エチル-2-メトキシフェノール、4-エチル-2-メトキシフェノール、2-エチルフェノール、3-エチルフェノール、4-エチルフェノール、エチルバニリン プロピレングリコール アセタール(ethylvanillin propyleneglycol acetal)、グアイアコール、4-ヒドロキシベンゾイックアシッド(4-Hydroxybenzoic Acid)、4-ヒドロキシベンジルアルコール、4-(エトキシメチル)フェノール、4-(メトキシメチル)フェノール、4-ヒドロキシフェネチルアルコール、2-イソプロピルフェノール、4-イソプロピルフェノール、3-メトキシ-5-メチルフェノール、3-メトキシフェノール、4-メトキシフェノール、4-(1-ヒドロキシエチル)フェノール、2,6-ジメトキシ-4-メチルフェノール、2,6-ジメトキシ-4-メチルフェノール、3,4-メチレンジオキシフェノール、2-メトキシ-5-メチルフェノール、4-(メチルチオ)フェノール、フェノール、4-プロピルフェノール、4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメトキシベンゾイックアシッド(4-Hydroxy-3,5-dimethoxybenzoic acid)、チモール、2-(メチルチオ)フェノール、バニリックアシッド(Vanillic acid)、バニリン プロピレングリコール アセタール(vanillin propyleneglycol acetal)、4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシベンジルアルコール、4-(ブトキシメチル)-2-メトキシフェノール、4-(エトキシメチル)-2-メトキシフェノール、2-エトキシ-5-(1-プロペニル)フェノール、4-エテニル-2-メトキシフェノール、4-エテニルフェノール、2,4-ジメチルフェノール、2,5-ジメチルフェノール、3,4-ジメチルフェノール、3,4-ジメチルフェノール、4-tert-ブチルフェノール、2,3,6-トリメチルフェノール、2-プロピルフェノール、3-tert-ブチルフェノール、N-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシベンジル)ノナンアミド、バニリン 2,3-ブタンジオール アセタール(vanillin 2,3-butanediol acetal)、2-(3-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシフェニル)-3,4-ジヒドロ-2H-クロメン-7-オール、4-アリル-2-メトキシフェノール、トコフェロール、2-ヒドロキシベンゾイックアシッド、クルクミン、フェルラ酸、フェルラ酸エステル、グアヤコン酸、グアヤレチック酸、オイゲノール、ギンゲロール、ショウガオール、カプサイシン、アゾルビン、アマランス、アルラレッドAC、イエロー2G、イソオイゲノール、エオシン、オレンジGGN、オレンジRN、食用黄色5号、シトラスレッドNo.2、スーダンG、スカーレットGN、食用黄色4号、食用赤色102号、ボンソー2R、ボンソー6R、食用緑色3号、レッド10B、食用赤色105号、食用赤色2号、食用赤色3号、食用赤色40号、又は葉酸がより好ましい。 As the specific phenolic compound, those used as food additives can also be used from the viewpoint of safety. Specifically, 4-allyl-2,6-dimethoxyphenol, 4-allylphenol, carvacrol, creosol, 3-methylphenol, 2-methylphenol, 4-methylphenol, 2-methoxy-4-propylphenol, 2,6-Dimethoxyphenol, 2,3-Dimethylphenol, 2,6-Dimethylphenol, 3,5-Dimethylphenol, 4-Ethoxyphenol, Ethyl Eugenyl Ether, 4-Ethyl-2-Methoxyphenol, 4-Ethyl -2-Methoxyphenol, 2-ethylphenol, 3-ethylphenol, 4-ethylphenol, ethyl vanillin propylene glycol acetal (ethylvanillin propyleneglycol acetal), guaiacol, 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, 4-hydric acid Droxybenzyl alcohol, 4- (ethoxymethyl) phenol, 4- (methoxymethyl) phenol, 4-hydroxyphenethyl alcohol, 2-isopropylphenol, 4-isopropylphenol, 3-methoxy-5-methylphenol, 3-methoxyphenol , 4-methoxyphenol, 4- (1-hydroxyethyl) phenol, 2,6-dimethoxy-4-methylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxy-4-methylphenol, 3,4-methylenedioxyphenol, 2-methoxy -5-Methylphenol, 4- (methylthio) phenol, phenol, 4-propylphenol, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethoxybenzoic acid, thymol, 2- ( Methylthio) phenol, vanilly Acid (Vanillic acid), vanillin propylene glycol acetal (vanillin propyleneglycol acetal), 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl alcohol, 4- (butoxymethyl) -2-methoxyphenol, 4- (ethoxymethyl) -2-methoxyphenol, 2-Ethoxy-5- (1-propenyl) phenol, 4-ethenyl-2-methoxyphenol, 4-ethenylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2,5-dimethylphenol, 3,4-dimethylphenol, 3 , 4-Dimethylphenol, 4-tert-butylphenol, 2,3,6-trimethylphenol, 2-propylphenol, 3-tert-butylphenol, N- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl) nonanamide, vanillin 2,3 -Butangio Acetal (vanillin 2,3-butanediol acetal), 2- (3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl) -3,4-dihydro-2H-chromen-7-ol, 4-allyl-2-methoxyphenol, tocopherol , Naringin, maltol, 2-hydroxybenzoic acid, curcumin, ferulic acid, ferulic acid ester, guayaconic acid, guaiaretic acid, eugenol, gingerol, shogaol, tsuyapricin, capsaicin, azorbin, amaranth, alla red AC, yellow 2G, isoeugenol , Eosin, Orange GGN, Orange RN, Edible Yellow No. 5, Citrus Red No. 2. Sudan G, Scarlet GN, food yellow No. 4, food red No. 102, Bonso 2R, Bonso 6 R, food green No. 3, red 10 B, food red No. 105, food red No. 2, food red No. 3, food red No. 40, food red 40 No., hesperidin, methyl hesperidin, folic acid or salicylic acid is preferred, and 4-allyl-2,6-dimethoxyphenol, 4-allylphenol, carvacrol, creosol, 3-methylphenol, 2-methylphenol, 4-methylphenol 2-methoxy-4-propylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxyphenol, 2,3-dimethylphenol, 2,6-dimethylphenol, 3,5-dimethylphenol, 4-ethoxyphenol, ethyleugenyl ether, 4- Ethyl 2-methoxyphenol, 4-ethyl 2-methylphenol Xyphenol, 2-ethylphenol, 3-ethylphenol, 4-ethylphenol, ethyl vanillin propylene glycol acetal (ethylvanillin propyleneglycol acetal), guaiacol, 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, 4-hydroxybenzyl alcohol, 4- (Ethoxymethyl) phenol, 4- (methoxymethyl) phenol, 4-hydroxyphenethyl alcohol, 2-isopropylphenol, 4-isopropylphenol, 3-methoxy-5-methylphenol, 3-methoxyphenol, 4-methoxyphenol , 4- (1-hydroxyethyl) phenol, 2,6-dimethoxy-4-methylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxy-4-methylphenol, 3,4-methylenedioxyphenol , 2-methoxy-5-methylphenol, 4- (methylthio) phenol, phenol, 4-propylphenol, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethoxybenzoic acid, thymol , 2- (methylthio) phenol, vanillic acid, vanillin propylene glycol acetal, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl alcohol, 4- (butoxymethyl) -2-methoxyphenol, 4- (Ethoxymethyl) -2-methoxyphenol, 2-ethoxy-5- (1-propenyl) phenol, 4-ethenyl-2-methoxyphenol, 4-ethenylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2,5-dimethyl Phenol, 3,4-Dimethylphenol 3,4-Dimethylphenol, 4-tert-butylphenol, 2,3,6-trimethylphenol, 2-propylphenol, 3-tert-butylphenol, N- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl) nonanamide, vanillin 2 , 3-Butanediol acetal (vanillin 2,3-butanediol acetal), 2- (3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl) -3,4-dihydro-2H-chromen-7-ol, 4-allyl-2-methoxy Phenol, tocopherol, 2-hydroxybenzoic acid, curcumin, ferulic acid, ferulic acid ester, guayaconic acid, guayatic acid, eugenol, gingerol, gingerol, capsaicin, azorbin, amaranth, alla red AC, yellow 2G, isoeugenol , Eosin, Orange GGN, Orange RN, Edible Yellow No. 5, Citrus Red No. 2. Sudan G, Scarlet GN, food yellow No. 4, food red No. 102, Bonso 2R, Bonso 6 R, food green No. 3, red 10 B, food red No. 105, food red No. 2, food red No. 3, food red No. 40, food red 40 Or folic acid is more preferred.
 特定フェノール系化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物中、特定フェノール系化合物の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全質量に対して、0.01質量%以上が好ましく、0.10質量%以上がより好ましく、0.31質量%以上が特に好ましい。また、その上限は、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。
The specific phenolic compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
0.01 mass% or more is preferable with respect to the total mass of a composition, and, as for content (The sum total when multiple types exist) of the specific phenolic compound in the composition of this invention, 0.10 mass% or more Is more preferable, and 0.31% by mass or more is particularly preferable. Moreover, 10 mass% or less is preferable, and, as for the upper limit, 5 mass% or less is more preferable.
〔溶媒〕
<アルコール>
 本発明の組成物は、溶媒としてアルコールを少なくとも含む。
 アルコールとしては特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素数1~20の直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のアルコール(エーテルアルコールを含む)が好ましい。具体的には、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ポリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコール酢酸モノエステル、グリセリン、n-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、i-ブタノール、t-ブタノール、ブタン-1,3-ジオール、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコール、n-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、3-ペンタノール、t-アミルアルコール、イソアミルアルコール、2-メチルブタノール、3-メチル-2-ブタノール、3-メチル-2-ブテノール、3-メチル-3-ブタノール、1-ペンテン-3-オール、n-ヘキサノール、カプリルアルコール、2-エチル-1-ヘキサノール、デカノール、リナロール、ゲラニオール、ラウリルアルコール、ミリスチルアルコール、ベンジルアルコール、フェニルエチルアルコール、シンナミルアルコール、3-メトキシプロパノール、メトキシメトキシエタノール、エチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、シトロネロール、テルピネオール、ヒドロキシシトロネラール、ヒドロキシシトロネラールジメチルアセタール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジアセトンアルコール、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、及びジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等が挙げられる。
〔solvent〕
<Alcohol>
The composition of the present invention contains at least an alcohol as a solvent.
The alcohol is not particularly limited. For example, linear, branched and cyclic alcohols having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (including ether alcohols) are preferable. Specifically, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, propylene glycol acetic acid monoester, glycerin, n-butanol, 2-butanol, i-butanol, t-butanol, butane-1,3 -Diol, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol, n-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, t-amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, 2-methylbutanol, 3-methylol -2-Butanol, 3-methyl-2-butenol, 3-methyl-3-butanol, 1-penten-3-ol, n-hexanol, capryl alcohol, 2-ethyl- Hexanol, decanol, linalool, geraniol, lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, phenylethyl alcohol, cinnamyl alcohol, 3-methoxypropanol, methoxymethoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n -Butyl ether, triethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, tetraethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, citronellol, terpineol, hydroxycitronellal, hydroxycitronellal dimethyl acetal, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol Monoethyl ether, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, and diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and the like.
 上記アルコールとしては安全性の観点から食品添加物であることが好ましく、なかでも、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ポリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコール酢酸モノエステル、n-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、ブタン-1,3-ジオール、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコール、2-メチル-1-ブタノール、1-デカノール、1-ペンテン-3-オール、2-エチル1-ヘキサノール、2-ペンタノール、3-ペンタノール、3-メチル-2-ブタノール、3-メチル-2-ブテノール、3-メチル-3-ブタノール、イソアミルアルコール、i-ブタノール、ベンジルアルコール、シトロネロール、テルピネオール、ヒドロキシシトロネラール、又はヒドロキシシトロネラールジメチルアセタールが好ましい。 The above-mentioned alcohol is preferably a food additive from the viewpoint of safety, among which methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, propylene glycol acetic acid monoester, n-butanol, 2-butanol, butane -1,3-diol, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, 1-decanol, 1-penten-3-ol, 2-ethyl 1-hexanol, 2-Pentanol, 3-pentanol, 3-methyl-2-butanol, 3-methyl-2-butenol, 3-methyl-3-butanol, isoamyl alcohol, i-butanol, benzene Benzyl alcohol, citronellol, terpineol, hydroxy citronellal, or hydroxy citronellal dimethyl acetal is preferred.
 本発明の組成物は、抗ウイルス活性値のばらつきがより小さくなる点で、アルコールとして、炭素数2以下のアルコールと炭素数3以上のアルコールとを含むことが好ましい。炭素数3以上のアルコールは、炭素数2以下のアルコールと比較すると脂溶性が高く、ウイルス及びウイルスが潜伏する汚れを物理的に除去しやすいと考えられる。このため、組成物が炭素数2以下のアルコールと炭素数3以上のアルコールとを含む組成物をワイパーに含浸させ清拭に使用した場合、抗ウイルス活性値のばらつきがより小さくなると考えられる。また、炭素数3以上のアルコールは、炭素数2以下のアルコールと比較すると、界面活性機能も高いと想定されるため、フェノキサイドアニオンとの相乗効果がより強化され、抗ウイルス活性が向上することも考えられる。
 炭素数2以下のアルコールと炭素数3以上のアルコールとを併用する場合、炭素数2以下のアルコールに対する炭素数3以上のアルコールの体積比(炭素数3以上のアルコールの体積/炭素数2以下のアルコールの体積)は、抗ウイルス活性がより優れる点、及び/又は抗ウイルス活性のばらつきがより小さい点で、0.01以上が好ましい。また、その上限としては特に制限されないが、例えば5以下であり、1.5以下が好ましい。
The composition of the present invention preferably contains, as the alcohol, an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms as the variation of the antiviral activity value is further reduced. Alcohols having 3 or more carbon atoms are considered to be more fat-soluble than alcohols having 2 or less carbon atoms, and to be capable of physically removing viruses and latent stains on which they reside. For this reason, when a composition in which a composition contains an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms is impregnated in a wiper and used for wiping, it is considered that the variation of the antiviral activity value becomes smaller. In addition, since alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms is assumed to have a higher surface active function as compared with alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms, the synergetic effect with fenoxide anion is further strengthened, and antiviral activity is improved. Is also conceivable.
When an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms are used in combination, the volume ratio of the alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms to the alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms (volume of alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms / 2 or less carbon atoms The volume of the alcohol) is preferably 0.01 or more in that the antiviral activity is more excellent and / or the variation of the antiviral activity is smaller. The upper limit thereof is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 5 or less, preferably 1.5 or less.
<アルコール以外の溶媒>
 本発明の組成物は、アルコール以外の溶媒を含んでいてもよい。
 アルコール以外の溶媒としては、水、又は有機溶媒(アルコールは除く。)が挙げられる。
 上記有機溶媒としては特に制限されないが、例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサン、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ゲラニル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、酢酸シトロネリル、酢酸シンナミル、酢酸テルピニル、酢酸フェニルエチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ベンジル、酢酸メンチル、酢酸リナリル、酪酸、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、酪酸イソアミル、酪酸シクロヘキシル、エチレンジクロライド、テトラヒドロフラン、トルエン、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、アセチルアセトン、シクロヘキサノン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、2-メチルプロパナール、2-メチルブチルアルデヒド、3-メチル-2-ブテナール、3-メチルブタナール、L-ペリルアルデヒド、アセトアルデヒド、アセト酢酸エチル、イソアミルアセテート、酪酸イソアミル、イソバレルアルデヒド、イソブタナール、酢酸イソプロピル、イソプロピルミリステレート、イソ吉草酸イソアミル、イソ吉草酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヘプタン酸エチル、オクタナール、オクタン酸エチル、オクタナール、オクタン酸、オクタン酸エチル、オクチルアルデヒド、ギ酸、ギ酸イソアミル、ギ酸ゲラニル、ギ酸シトロネリル、ケイ皮アルデヒド、ケイ皮酸エチル、ケイ皮酸メチル、シトラール、シトロネラール、ジイソプロピルエーテル、ジイソプロピルジサルファイド、ジイソプロピルジスルフィド、ジエチルエーテル、ジエチルタートレート、ジエチルピロカーボネート、デカナール、デカン酸エチル、トリアセチン、クエン酸三エチル、トルエン、ノナラクトン、バレルアルデヒド、パラメチルアセトフェノン、パラメトキシベンズアルデヒド、ひまし油、フェニル酢酸イソアミル、フェニル酢酸イソブチル、フェニル酢酸エチル、ブタナール、プロピオンアルデヒド、プロピオン酸、プロピオン酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸エチル、プロピオン酸ベンジル、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、ベンズアルデヒド、ユーカリプトール、イオノン、酢酸テルピニル、α-アミルシンナムアルデヒド、臭素化植物油、酢酸、二炭酸ジメチル、乳酸エチル、熱酸化大豆油、熱酸化大豆油とグリセリンのエステル、及び流動パラフィン等が挙げられる。
<Solvents other than alcohol>
The composition of the present invention may contain a solvent other than alcohol.
As solvents other than alcohol, water or organic solvents (except alcohol) can be mentioned.
The organic solvent is not particularly limited. For example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, geranyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, citronellyl acetate, cinnamyl acetate, terpinyl acetate, phenylethyl acetate, butyl acetate, acetic acid Benzyl, menthyl acetate, linalyl acetate, butyric acid, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate, cyclohexyl butyrate, ethylene dichloride, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, acetylacetone, cyclohexanone, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, ethylene Glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, Ethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 2-methylpropanal, 2-methylbutyraldehyde, 3-methyl-2-butenal, 3-methylbutanal, L-perylaldehyde, acetaldehyde, ethyl acetoacetate, isoamyl acetate , Isoamyl butyrate, isovaleraldehyde, isobutanal, isopropyl acetate, isopropyl myristate, isoamyl isovalerate, ethyl isovalerate, ethyl lactate, ethyl heptanoate, octanal, ethyl octanoate, octanal, octanoate, ethyl octanoate, Octylaldehyde, formic acid, isoamyl formate, geranyl formate, citronellyl formate, cinnamaldehyde, ethyl cinnamate, methyl cinnamate, citral, citronellal Diisopropyl ether, diisopropyl disulfide, diisopropyl disulfide, diethyl ether, diethyl tartrate, diethyl pyrocarbonate, decanal, ethyl decanoate, triacetin, triethyl citrate, toluene, nonalactone, valeraldehyde, paramethylacetophenone, paramethoxybenzaldehyde, castor oil , Phenyl acetate isoamyl, phenyl acetate isobutyl, ethyl phenyl acetate, butanal, propionaldehyde, propionic acid, isoamyl propionate, ethyl propionate, benzyl propionate, hexane, heptane, benzaldehyde, eucalyptol, ionone, terpinyl acetate, α- Amyl cinnamaldehyde, brominated vegetable oil, acetic acid, dimethyl dicarbonate, ethyl lactate, thermally oxidized large Oil, thermal oxidation soybean oil and esters of glycerol, and liquid paraffin, and the like.
 上記有機溶媒としては安全性上の観点から食品添加物であることが好ましく、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ゲラニル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、酢酸シトロネリル、酢酸シンナミル、酢酸テルピニル、酢酸フェニルエチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ベンジル、酢酸メンチル、酢酸リナリル、酪酸、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、酪酸イソアミル、酪酸シクロヘキシル、2-メチルプロパナール、2-メチルブチルアルデヒド、3-メチル-2-ブテナール3-メチルブタナール、l-ペリルアルデヒド、アセトアルデヒド、アセト酢酸エチル、イソアミルアセテート、酪酸イソアミル、イソバレルアルデヒド、イソブタナール、酢酸イソプロピル、イソプロピルミリステレート、イソ吉草酸イソアミル、イソ吉草酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヘプタン酸エチル、オクタナール、オクタン酸、オクタン酸エチル、オクチルアルデヒド、ギ酸、ギ酸イソアミル、ギ酸ゲラニル、ギ酸シトロネリル、ケイ皮アルデヒド、ケイ皮酸エチル、ケイ皮酸メチル、シトラール、シトロネラール、ジイソプロピルエーテル、ジイソプロピルジサルファイド、ジイソプロピルジスルフィド、ジエチルエーテル、ジエチルタートレート、ジエチルピロカーボネート、デカナール、デカン酸エチル、トリアセチン、クエン酸三エチル、トルエン、ノナラクトン、バレルアルデヒド、パラメチルアセトフェノン、パラメトキシベンズアルデヒド、ひまし油、フェニル酢酸イソアミル、フェニル酢酸イソブチル、フェニル酢酸エチル、ブタナール、プロピオンアルデヒド、プロピオン酸、プロピオン酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸エチル、プロピオン酸ベンジル、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、ベンズアルデヒド、ユーカリプトール、イオノン、酢酸テルピニル、α-アミルシンナムアルデヒド、臭素化植物油、酢酸、二炭酸ジメチル、乳酸エチル、熱酸化大豆油、熱酸化大豆油とグリセリンのエステル、又は流動パラフィンが好ましい。 The organic solvent is preferably a food additive from the viewpoint of safety, and is acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, geranyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, citronellyl acetate, cinnamyl acetate, terpinyl acetate, phenyl acetate Ethyl, butyl acetate, benzyl acetate, menthyl acetate, linalyl acetate, butyric acid, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate, cyclohexyl butyrate, 2-methylpropanal, 2-methylbutyraldehyde, 3-methyl-2-butenal 3-methyl Butanal, l-perylaldehyde, acetaldehyde, ethyl acetoacetate, isoamyl acetate, isoamyl butyrate, isovaleraldehyde, isobutanal, isobutanal, isopropyl acetate, isopropyl myristate, isovalerate isovalerate Mill, ethyl isovalerate, ethyl lactate, ethyl heptanoate, octanal, octanoic acid, ethyl octanoate, octylaldehyde, formic acid, isoamyl formate, geranyl formate, citroneryl formate, cinnamic aldehyde, ethyl cinnamate, methyl cinnamic acid , Citral, citronellal, diisopropyl ether, diisopropyl disulfide, diisopropyl disulfide, diethyl ether, diethyl tartrate, diethyl pyrocarbonate, decanal, ethyl decanoate, triacetin, triethyl citrate, toluene, nonalactone, valeraldehyde, paramethylacetophenone, Paramethoxy benzaldehyde, castor oil, phenyl phenyl acetate isoamyl, phenyl acetate isobutyl, phenyl acetate ethyl, butanal, propion aldehyde Propionic acid, isoamyl propionate, ethyl propionate, benzyl propionate, hexane, heptane, benzaldehyde, eucalyptol, ionone, terpinyl acetate, α-amylcinnamaldehyde, brominated vegetable oil, acetic acid, dimethyl bicarbonate, ethyl lactate, Preferred are thermally oxidized soybean oil, esters of thermally oxidized soybean oil and glycerin, or liquid paraffin.
 本発明の組成物中、溶媒の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全質量に対して、0.5~99.9質量%が好ましく、10~99.8質量%がより好ましく、50~99.8質量%が更に好ましく、80~99.8質量%が特に好ましい。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the solvent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.5 to 99.9% by mass, and 10 to 99.8% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition % Is more preferable, 50 to 99.8% by mass is further preferable, and 80 to 99.8% by mass is particularly preferable.
 本発明の組成物中、アルコールの含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、溶媒の全体積に対して、30~100体積%が好ましく、40~100体積%がより好ましく、60~100体積%以上が更に好ましく、70~100体積%が特に好ましい。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of alcohol (the total of multiple alcohols, if present) is preferably 30 to 100% by volume, based on the total volume of the solvent, and more preferably 40 to 100 with respect to the antiviral activity. The volume percent is more preferable, 60 to 100 volume percent or more is more preferable, and 70 to 100 volume percent is particularly preferable.
〔組成物のpH〕
 本発明の組成物は、pHが9.5超14.0以下である。pHが9.5以下である場合、抗ウイルス活性に劣る場合がある。抗ウイルス活性がより優れる点で、pHは10.0以上が好ましく、10.5以上がより好ましい。一方、pHは14.0以下であり、金属に対する腐食性がより抑制できる点で、12.0以下が好ましい。
 pHは、pH電極「6337-10D」(株式会社堀場製作所製)を使用した卓上型pH計「F-72S」(株式会社堀場製作所製)を用いて測定することができる。具体的な測定方法については、後述の通りである。
 なお、本明細書において、pHは、25℃における値を意図する。
[PH of composition]
The composition of the present invention has a pH of more than 9.5 and 14.0 or less. When the pH is 9.5 or less, the antiviral activity may be inferior. The pH is preferably 10.0 or more, and more preferably 10.5 or more in that the antiviral activity is more excellent. On the other hand, pH is 14.0 or less, and 12.0 or less is preferable at the point which can suppress corrosion with respect to a metal more.
The pH can be measured using a bench-top pH meter "F-72S" (manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.) using a pH electrode "6337-10D" (manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.). The specific measurement method is as described later.
In addition, in this specification, pH intends the value in 25 degreeC.
〔任意成分〕
 本発明の組成物は、本発明の効果を奏する限りにおいて、上記以外の成分が含まれてもよい。任意成分としては特に制限されないが、例えば、殺菌剤、消毒剤、除菌剤、界面活性剤、酸化防止剤、pH調整剤、紫外線吸収剤、キレート剤、保湿剤、増粘剤・ゲル化剤、防腐剤、香料、及び色素等が挙げられる。本発明の組成物は、抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、なかでも、殺菌剤、消毒剤、除菌剤、界面活性剤、又は酸化防止剤を含むことが好ましく、4級アンモニウム塩(例えば、塩化ベンザルコニウム等)、界面活性剤、又は酸化防止剤を含むことがより好ましい。
[Optional component]
The composition of the present invention may contain components other than the above as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited. The optional components are not particularly limited, but, for example, bactericidal agents, disinfectants, disinfectants, surfactants, antioxidants, pH adjusters, ultraviolet absorbers, chelating agents, moisturizers, thickeners / gelling agents And preservatives, perfumes, and pigments. The composition of the present invention preferably contains a bactericidal agent, a disinfectant, a disinfecting agent, a surfactant, or an antioxidant, among others, from the viewpoint of being more excellent in antiviral activity, and a quaternary ammonium salt (eg, chloride) More preferably, it contains benzalkonium or the like), a surfactant, or an antioxidant.
<殺菌剤、消毒剤、及び除菌剤>
 殺菌剤、消毒剤、及び除菌剤としては特に制限されず、例えば、4級アンモニウム塩、金属を含む抗菌剤、光触媒、アルデヒド系化合物、ヨード系化合物、ピグアニド化合物、及びアクリノール水和物(例えば、乳酸6,9-ジアミノ-2-エトキシアクリジン一水和物)等が挙げられる。本発明の組成物と組み合わせた際に、抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、なかでも、4級アンモニウム塩が好ましい。
<Fungicide, disinfectant, and disinfectant>
The disinfectant, disinfectant and disinfectant are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include quaternary ammonium salts, metal-containing antimicrobial agents, photocatalysts, aldehyde compounds, iodo compounds, piguanide compounds, and acrinol hydrate (for example, And lactic acid 6,9-diamino-2-ethoxyacridine monohydrate) and the like. Among them, quaternary ammonium salts are preferable in that they are more excellent in antiviral activity when combined with the composition of the present invention.
(4級アンモニウム塩)
 4級アンモニウム塩としては特に制限されず、例えば、下記式(4)~(7)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
(Quaternary ammonium salt)
The quaternary ammonium salt is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds represented by the following formulas (4) to (7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 式(4)中、R41~R44は、各々独立に、脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又はヘテロアリール基を示す。
 R41~R44で表される脂肪族炭化水素基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。
 また、R41~R44で表される脂肪族炭化水素基は、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。ヘテロ原子の種類は特に制限されないが、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、又はテルル原子等が挙げられる。なかでも、抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、-Y1-、-N(Ra)-、-C(=Y2)-、-CON(Rb)-、-C(=Y3)Y4-、-SOt-、-SO2N(Rc)-、又はこれらを組み合わせた基の態様で含まれることが好ましい。
 Y1~Y4は、各々独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、及びテルル原子からなる群から選択される。なかでも、取り扱いがより簡便である点から、酸素原子、又は硫黄原子が好ましい。tは、1~3の整数を表す。上記Ra、Rb、及びRcは、各々独立に、水素原子、又は炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。
 なお、上記脂肪族炭化水素基がヘテロ原子を含む場合、-CH2-がヘテロ原子で置換される。
In the formula (4), each of R 41 to R 44 independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heteroaryl group.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 41 to R 44 may be linear, branched or cyclic.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 41 to R 44 may contain a hetero atom. The type of hetero atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. Of these, from the viewpoint of excellent by antiviral activity, -Y 1 -, - N ( Ra) -, - C (= Y 2) -, - CON (Rb) -, - C (= Y 3) Y 4 -, It is preferable to be included in the form of -SOt-, -SO 2 N (Rc)-, or a combination of these.
Y 1 to Y 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. Among them, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable from the viewpoint of easier handling. t represents an integer of 1 to 3. The above Ra, Rb and Rc each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
When the aliphatic hydrocarbon group contains a hetero atom, —CH 2 — is substituted with a hetero atom.
 R41~R44で表される脂肪族炭化水素基としては、具体的には、アルキル基(炭素数1~30が好ましく、炭素数1~20がより好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~30が好ましく、炭素数2~20がより好ましい)、又はアルキニル基(炭素数2~30が好ましく、炭素数2~20がより好ましい)等が挙げられる。なかでも、アルキル基が好ましい。 Specifically, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 41 to R 44 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (having 2 to 6 carbon atoms). 30 is preferable, and a carbon number of 2 to 20 is more preferable, or an alkynyl group (a carbon number of 2 to 30 is preferable, a carbon number of 2 to 20 is more preferable) and the like. Among them, an alkyl group is preferable.
 R41~R44で表されるアリール基としては、例えば、炭素数6~18のアリール基が挙げられる。
 アリール基は、単環構造であっても、2つ以上の環が縮環した縮環構造(縮合環構造)であってもよい。
 アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
Examples of the aryl group represented by R 41 to R 44 include aryl groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
The aryl group may be a single ring structure or a condensed ring structure (fused ring structure) in which two or more rings are fused.
As an aryl group, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, for example, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
 R41~R44で表されるアラルキル基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素数7~15のアラルキル基が好ましく、具体的には、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、1-ナフチルメチル基、1-(1-ナフチル)エチル基、トリフェニルメチル基、及びピレニルメチル基等が挙げられる。 The aralkyl group represented by R 41 to R 44 is not particularly limited but, for example, an aralkyl group having 7 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, and specifically, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a 1-naphthylmethyl group, 1- Examples include (1-naphthyl) ethyl group, triphenylmethyl group, and pyrenylmethyl group.
 R41~R44で表されるヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、炭素数3~12のヘテロアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フリル基、チオフリル基、ピリジル基、ピラゾール基、イミダゾリル基、ベンゾイミダゾリル基、インドリル基、キノリル基、イソキノリル基、プリン基、ピリミジル基、ピラジル基、オキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、トリアジル基、カルバゾリル基、キノキサリル基、及びチアジン基等が挙げられる。 The heteroaryl group represented by R 41 to R 44 is, for example, preferably a heteroaryl group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and examples thereof include furyl group, thiofuryl group, pyridyl group, pyrazole group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, indolyl Groups, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, purine group, pyrimidyl group, pyrazyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, triazyl group, carbazolyl group, quinoxalyl group, thiazine group and the like.
 R41~R44で表される脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及びヘテロアリール基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基群Wに例示されるものが挙げられる。 The aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group and the heteroaryl group represented by R 41 to R 44 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include those exemplified in the substituent group W described later.
 Xは、水酸化物イオン以外の1価のアニオンを表す。
 Xとしては、具体的には、ハロゲン化物イオン(例えば、F、Cl、Br、I、Br3 、Br2Cl、I3 、IBr2 、Cl2Br、HF2 、H23 、AuBr2 、AuCl2 、AuI2 、及びFeCl4 が挙げられる。)、カルボキシレートアニオン、シアン化物アニオン、スルホンイミドアニオン(N(SO2R)2:Rは、フッ素原子、炭化水素基(例えば、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が挙げられる。)、又はパーフルオロ炭化水素基(例えば、炭素数1~20のパーフルオロアルキル基が挙げられる。)である。)、ボロヒドリドアニオン、ジクロロヨウ素酸アニオン、テトラフルオロボレートアニオン、ヘキサフルオロホスファートアニオン、過塩素酸アニオン、硫酸アニオン、硫酸水素アニオン、硝酸アニオン、ジシアナミドアニオン[N(CN)2]、アジ化物アニオン(N3 )、アルカン又はアリールスルホン酸アニオン、パーフルオロアルカン又はアリールスルホン酸アニオン、アルキル又はアリール硫酸エステルアニオン(ROSO3 :Rは、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、又は炭素数6~18のアリール基を表す。)、アルキル又はアリールリン酸エステルアニオン((RO)2PO2 :Rは、各々独立に、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、又は炭素数6~18のアリール基を表す。)、チオシアン化物アニオン(SCN)、トリアセトキシボロヒドリドアニオン、ペルルテナートアニオン(RuO4 )、Cu(CF34 、C(CN)3 、及びCF3BF3 が挙げられる。
X - represents a monovalent anion other than hydroxide ions.
Specifically, as X , a halide ion (eg, F , Cl , Br , I , Br 3 , Br 2 Cl , I 3 , IBr 2 , Cl 2 Br , HF 2 , H 2 F 3 , AuBr 2 , AuCl 2 , AuI 2 , and FeCl 4 can be mentioned.), Carboxylate anion, cyanide anion, sulfoneimide anion (N (SO 2 R 2 ) R is a fluorine atom, a hydrocarbon group (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), or a perfluorohydrocarbon group (for example, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) Borohydride anion, dichloroiodate anion, tetrafluoroborate anion, hexafluorophosphate anion, perchlorate anion, sulfuric acid On hydrogen anionic sulfate, nitrate anions, dicyanamide anion [N - (CN) 2] , azide anion (N 3 -), alkane or arylsulfonic acid anion, perfluoro alkane or arylsulfonic acid anion, an alkyl or aryl acid ester anions (ROSO 3 -: R represents an alkyl group, or an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.), alkyl or aryl phosphoric acid ester anions ((RO) 2 PO 2 - : R is And each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms), a thiocyanide anion (S - CN), a triacetoxyborohydride anion, a perruthenate anion (RuO 4) -), Cu (CF 3) 4 -, C (CN) 3 -, and CF 3 BF 3 - include
 以下に、式(4)で表される化合物を例示するが、本発明はこれに制限されない。 Although the compound represented by Formula (4) is illustrated below, this invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 式(5)中、Xは、式(4)中のXと同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 また、R51及びR52は、式(4)中のR41~R44と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 Y51及びY52は、各々独立に、-C(R532-、-NR54-、-O-、-CO-、-CO2-、-S-、-SO-、又は-SO2-を表す。なお、式(5)中、Y52が複数ある場合、複数のY52は同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。
 R53は、水素原子、又は、脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、へテロアリール基、及びハロゲン原子からなる群より選ばれる1価の有機基を表す。
 R54は、水素原子、又は、脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及びへテロアリール基からなる群より選ばれる1価の有機基を表す。
 R53及びR54で表される脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及びヘテロアリール基は、式(4)中のR41~R44で表される脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又はヘテロアリール基と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 R53及びR54で表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
In the formula (5), X - is, X in Formula (4) - has the same meaning as, preferred embodiments are also the same.
Further, R 51 and R 52 have the same meaning as R 41 to R 44 in the formula (4), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
Y 51 and Y 52 are each independently, -C (R 53) 2 - , - NR 54 -, - O -, - CO -, - CO 2 -, - S -, - SO-, or -SO 2 Represents-. In the formula (5), if Y 52 is plural, Y 52 is may be the same or different.
R 53 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a heteroaryl group, and a halogen atom.
R 54 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and a heteroaryl group.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aryl group, aralkyl group, and heteroaryl group represented by R 53 and R 54 are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups represented by R 41 to R 44 in formula (4), aryl group And an aralkyl group or a heteroaryl group, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
The halogen atom represented by R 53 and R 54, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and iodine atom.
 R53及びR54で表される脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又はヘテロアリール基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基群Wに例示されるものが挙げられる。 The aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aryl group, aralkyl group or heteroaryl group represented by R 53 and R 54 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include those exemplified in the substituent group W described later.
 なお、Y51、又はY52が、-C(R532-又は-NR54-を表す場合、R51で表される1価の有機基は、R53又はR54と互いに連結して芳香族性又は非芳香族性の環を形成してもよい。
 また、R51及びR52は、互いに連結して芳香族性又は非芳香族性の環を形成してもよい。
 nは、1~18の整数を表す。
When Y 51 or Y 52 represents —C (R 53 ) 2 — or —NR 54 —, the monovalent organic group represented by R 51 is mutually linked to R 53 or R 54. An aromatic or non-aromatic ring may be formed.
Also, R 51 and R 52 may be linked to each other to form an aromatic or non-aromatic ring.
n represents an integer of 1 to 18.
 以下に、式(5)で表される化合物を例示するが、本発明はこれに制限されない。 Although the compound represented by Formula (5) is illustrated below, this invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 式(6)中、Xは、式(4)中のXと同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 また、R61は、式(4)中のR41~R44と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 Y61~Y65は、各々独立に、窒素原子、又は=CR62-を表す。R62は、水素原子、又は、1価の置換基を示す。
 R62で表される1価の置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、後述する置換基群Wに例示されるものが挙げられる。
 なお、Y61~Y65のうちの2以上が=CR62-を表す場合、隣接する炭素原子に置換するR62同士は、互いに連結して芳香族性又は非芳香族性の環を形成してもよい。
 また、Y61~Y65が=CR62-を表す場合、R62で表される1価の置換基は、R61と互いに連結して芳香族性又は非芳香族性の環を形成してもよい。
In the formula (6), X - is, X in Formula (4) - has the same meaning as, preferred embodiments are also the same.
Further, R 61 has the same meaning as R 41 to R 44 in the formula (4), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
Each of Y 61 to Y 65 independently represents a nitrogen atom or = CR 62- . R 62 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
The monovalent substituent represented by R 62 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in Substituent Group W described later.
In addition, when two or more of Y 61 to Y 65 represent CRCR 62 —, R 62 s to be substituted on adjacent carbon atoms are mutually linked to form an aromatic or non-aromatic ring May be
Further, when Y 61 to Y 65 represent = CR 62- , the monovalent substituent represented by R 62 is mutually linked to R 61 to form an aromatic or non-aromatic ring. It is also good.
 以下に、式(6)で表される化合物を例示するが、本発明はこれに制限されない。 Although the compound represented by Formula (6) is illustrated below, this invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 式(7)中、Xは、式(4)中のXと同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 Y71~Y73は、式(6)のY61~Y65と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 Y74は、>NR71、硫黄原子、又は酸素原子を表す。
 R71及びR72は、式(4)中のR41~R44と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
In the formula (7), X - is, X in Formula (4) - has the same meaning as, preferred embodiments are also the same.
Y 71 to Y 73 have the same meaning as Y 61 to Y 65 in the formula (6), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
Y 74 represents> NR 71 , a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom.
R 71 and R 72 have the same meaning as R 41 to R 44 in formula (4), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 以下に、式(7)で表される化合物を例示するが、本発明はこれに制限されない。 Although the compound represented by Formula (7) is illustrated below, this invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
(置換基群W)
 例えば、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、アルキル基(シクロアルキル基、ビシクロアルキル基、及びトリシクロアルキル基を含む)、アルケニル基(シクロアルケニル基、及びビシクロアルケニル基を含む)、アルキニル基、アリール基、複素環基(ヘテロ環基といってもよい。ヘテロアリール基を含む)、シアノ基、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、シリルオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アミノ基(アニリノ基を含む)、アンモニオ基、アシルアミノ基、アミノカルボニルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルキル又はアリールスルホニルアミノ基、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、アシルチオ基、スルファモイル基、アルキル又はアリールスルフィニル基、アルキル又はアリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、アリール又はヘテロ環アゾ基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、ホスホノ基、シリル基、ヒドラジノ基、ウレイド基、ボロン酸基(-B(OH))、スルホン酸基、カルボキシ基、リン酸基及びその他の公知の置換基が挙げられる。
 また、これらの置換基群Wで挙げた各基は、上記の置換基群Wに例示される基が更に置換していてもよい。例えば、アルキル基にハロゲン原子が置換していてもよい。
(Substituent group W)
For example, a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, and a tricycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (a cycloalkenyl group, and a bicycloalkenyl group) ), Alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group (may be referred to as heterocyclic group, including heteroaryl group), cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, silyloxy group, heterocycle Oxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group (including anilino group), ammonio group, acylamino group, aminocarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group Group, sulfamo Amino group, alkyl or arylsulfonylamino group, mercapto group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic thio group, acylthio group, sulfamoyl group, alkyl or arylsulfinyl group, alkyl or arylsulfonyl group, acyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, Alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, aryl or heterocyclic azo group, imide group, phosphino group, phosphinyl group, phosphinyl oxy group, phosphinyl amino group, phosphono group, silyl group, hydrazino group, ureido group, boronic acid group (-B (OH) 2 ), sulfonic acid groups, carboxy groups, phosphoric acid groups and other known substituents.
Moreover, the groups exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent group W may be further substituted in each of the groups mentioned in the substituent group W. For example, the alkyl group may be substituted with a halogen atom.
(金属を含む抗菌剤)
 金属を含む抗菌剤としては特に制限されず、公知のものを使用できる。
 上記金属としては、例えば、金、銀、銅、水銀、亜鉛、鉄、鉛、ビスマス、チタン、錫、及びニッケル等が挙げられる。また、金属を含む抗菌剤に含まれる金属の態様は特に限定されず、金属粒子、金属イオン、及び金属塩(金属錯体を含む)等の形態が挙げられる。なかでも、抗菌性がより優れる点で、金属は、金、銀、又は銅が好ましい。
(Antibacterial agent containing metal)
The metal-containing antibacterial agent is not particularly limited, and any known one can be used.
Examples of the metal include gold, silver, copper, mercury, zinc, iron, lead, bismuth, titanium, tin, and nickel. Moreover, the aspect of the metal contained in the antibacterial agent containing a metal is not specifically limited, The forms, such as a metal particle, a metal ion, and a metal salt (a metal complex is included), are mentioned. Among them, gold, silver or copper is preferable as the metal in that the antibacterial property is more excellent.
 また、金属を含む抗菌剤としては、担体と、担体上に担持された上記金属を含む金属担持担体であってもよい。
 担体の種類は特に限定されず、公知の担体を使用できる。担体としては、例えば、無機酸化物(例えば、ゼオライト(結晶性アルミノケイサン塩)、シリカゲル、粘土鉱物等のケイ酸塩、ガラス(水溶性ガラスを含む)、リン酸ジルコニウム、及びリン酸カルシウム等)、活性炭、金属担体、及び有機金属等が挙げられる。
The metal-containing antimicrobial agent may be a carrier and a metal-supported carrier containing the above-described metal supported on the carrier.
The type of carrier is not particularly limited, and known carriers can be used. As the carrier, for example, inorganic oxides (eg, zeolite (crystalline aluminosilicate salt), silica gel, silicates such as clay mineral, glass (including water-soluble glass), zirconium phosphate, calcium phosphate, etc.), activated carbon , Metal carriers, organic metals and the like.
 金属を含む抗菌剤としては、抗菌性により優れる点で、銀を含む抗菌剤が好ましい。
 銀を含む抗菌剤としては、具体的には、硝酸銀、塩化銀、硫酸銀、乳酸銀、及び酢酸銀等の銀塩;銀アンモニア錯体、銀クロロ錯体、及び銀チオスルファト錯体等の銀錯体;銀粒子;銀イオン;これらを上記担体に担持させた銀担持担体;等が挙げられる。
As a metal-containing antibacterial agent, a silver-containing antibacterial agent is preferable in that it is more excellent in antibacterial property.
Specific examples of the antibacterial agent containing silver include silver salts such as silver nitrate, silver chloride, silver sulfate, silver lactate, and silver acetate; silver complexes such as silver ammonia complex, silver chloro complex, and silver thiosulfato complex; Particles; silver ions; silver-supported carriers on which these carriers are supported; and the like.
(光触媒)
 光触媒としては、光触媒作用を示すことが知られている物質であれば特に制限されず、例えば、TiO2、SrTiO2、ZnO、CdS、SnO2、及びWO3等が挙げられる。
(photocatalyst)
The photocatalyst is not particularly limited as long as it is a substance known to exhibit a photocatalytic action, and examples thereof include TiO 2 , SrTiO 2 , ZnO, CdS, SnO 2 , WO 3 and the like.
(アルデヒド系化合物)
 アルデヒド系化合物としては特に制限されないが、例えば、グルタラール、フタラール、及びホルマリン等が挙げられる。
(Aldehyde compounds)
The aldehyde compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include glutaral, phthalal, formalin and the like.
(ヨード系化合物)
 ヨード系化合物としては特に制限されないが、例えば、ポピドンヨード、及びヨードチンキ等が挙げられる。
(Iodo compounds)
The iodo compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include popidone iodo and iodotin.
(ピグアニド化合物)
 ピグアニド化合物としては特に制限されないが、例えば、クロルヘキシジングルコン酸塩、クロルヘキシジン塩酸塩、及びクロルヘキシジン酢酸塩等が挙げられる。
(Piguanide compound)
The piguanide compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include chlorhexidine gluconate, chlorhexidine hydrochloride, and chlorhexidine acetate.
 殺菌剤、消毒剤、及び除菌剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が殺菌剤、消毒剤、及び/又は除菌剤を含む場合、殺菌剤、消毒剤、及び除菌剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全質量に対して、0.001~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~3質量%がより好ましく、0.01~1質量%が更に好ましい。
The germicide, disinfectant and disinfectant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a bactericidal agent, a disinfectant agent, and / or a bacteriostatic agent, the content of the bactericidal agent, the disinfectant agent, and the bactericidal agent (the total amount if there are plural types) is 0.001 to 10% by mass is preferable, 0.01 to 3% by mass is more preferable, and 0.01 to 1% by mass is more preferable with respect to the total mass.
<界面活性剤、及び乳化剤>
 本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤及び/又は乳化剤を含むことが好ましい。界面活性剤及び/又は乳化剤を含む本発明の組成物を基布に含浸させてワイパーとして使用する場合、拭き残しが少なく、洗浄性により優れる。
 界面活性剤、及び乳化剤としては特に限定されないが、例えば、アニオン性界面活性剤及びカチオン性界面活性剤等のイオン性界面活性剤(但し、ここでいうイオン性界面活性剤に、4級アンモニウム塩は含まれない)、並びにノニオン性界面活性剤等が挙げられる。
<Surfactant and emulsifier>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a surfactant and / or an emulsifier. When the composition of the present invention containing a surfactant and / or an emulsifying agent is used as a wiper by impregnating the base fabric with the composition of the present invention as a wiper, there are few unprinted parts and excellent cleaning properties.
The surfactant and the emulsifying agent are not particularly limited, but, for example, an ionic surfactant such as an anionic surfactant and a cationic surfactant (however, a quaternary ammonium salt may be added to the ionic surfactant mentioned herein) Not included), as well as nonionic surfactants and the like.
 イオン性界面活性剤としては、アルキル硫酸塩(ドデシル硫酸ナトリウム等)、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩(ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム等)、アルキルリン酸塩、及び、コール酸塩(デオキシコール酸ナトリウム、リトコール酸ナトリウム、及びコール酸ナトリウム等)等のアニオン性界面活性剤;アルキルジアミノエチルグリシン塩酸塩等のカチオン性界面活性剤;が挙げられる。 Examples of ionic surfactants include alkyl sulfates (such as sodium dodecyl sulfate), alkyl benzene sulfonates (such as sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate), alkyl phosphates, and cholates (such as sodium deoxycholate and sodium lithocolate) And anionic surfactants such as sodium cholate); cationic surfactants such as alkyldiaminoethylglycine hydrochloride;
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、炭素数が20超の化合物が好ましく、例えば、モノ-,ジ-,若しくはポリグリセリンの脂肪酸エステル類、プロピレングリコール脂肪酸モノエステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、ショ糖脂肪酸エステル等のエステル型;ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル、ポリアルキレンアルキルエーテル、及び、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレングリコール等のエーテル型(花王株式会社製、エマルゲンシリーズ等);脂肪酸ポリエチレングリコール、及び、脂肪酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン等のエステルエーテル型;脂肪酸アルカノールアミド等のアルカノールアミド型等が挙げられる。
 ノニオン性界面活性剤の具体例としては、例えば、ポリエチレングリコールモノラウリルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールモノステアリルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールモノセチルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールモノラウリルエステル、及びポリエチレングリコールモノステアリルエステル等が挙げられる。
As the nonionic surfactant, a compound having a carbon number of more than 20 is preferable. For example, fatty acid esters of mono-, di- or polyglycerin, propylene glycol fatty acid monoester, sorbitan fatty acid ester, sucrose fatty acid ester and the like Ester type; Ether type such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyalkylene alkyl ether, and polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene glycol (manufactured by Kao Corporation, Emulgen series etc.); Fatty acid polyethylene glycol, Fatty acid polyoxyethylene sorbitan etc. Ester ethers of: alkanolamides such as fatty acid alkanolamides;
Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include polyethylene glycol monolauryl ether, polyethylene glycol monostearyl ether, polyethylene glycol monocetyl ether, polyethylene glycol monolauryl ester, and polyethylene glycol monostearyl ester.
 乳化剤としては特に制限されないが、非イオン性の乳化剤の場合、炭素数20超が好ましい。乳化剤としては、具体的に、オレイン酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。)、カプリン酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。)、カプリル酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。)、ラウリン酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。)、ガムロジングリセリンエステル、オクテニルコハク酸デンプンナトリウム、クエン酸ステアリル、クエン酸モノグリセリド、グリセリンの乳酸及び脂肪酸エステル類、モノ-,ジ-,若しくはポリグリセリンの脂肪酸エステル類、ステアリン酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩、アルミニウム塩、カリウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。)、ミリスチン酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩、アルミニウム塩、カリウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。)、パルミチン酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩、アルミニウム塩、カリウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。)、ステアロイル乳酸カルシウム、ステアロイル乳酸ナトリウム、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、スルホコハク酸ジオクチルナトリウム、レシチン、水酸化レシチン、部分水解レシチン、ヒマワリレシチン、酵素処理レシチン、プロピレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、モノラウリン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、モノステアリン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、トリステアリン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、オレイン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、キラヤ抽出物、植物性ステロール、スフィンゴ脂質、ダイズサポニン、胆汁末、動物性ステロール、分別レシチン、ユッカフォーム抽出物、卵黄レシチン、トール油、及びロジングリセリンエステルが挙げられる。 The emulsifier is not particularly limited, but in the case of a nonionic emulsifier, a carbon number of more than 20 is preferable. Specific examples of the emulsifying agent include oleate (in the form of salt, calcium, sodium and potassium salts), capriate (in the form of salt, calcium, sodium and Potassium salt), caprylate (salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt), laurate salt (salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt, and Potassium salts, gum rosin glycerin ester, sodium starch octenyl succinate, stearyl citrate, monoglyceride citric acid, lactic acid and fatty acid esters of glycerin, fatty acid esters of mono-, di-, or polyglycerin, stearic acid Salt (in the form of salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, Monium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts), myristate salts (in the form of salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts). ), Palmitate (in the form of salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, ammonium salt, aluminum salt, potassium salt and sodium salt), calcium stearoyl lactate, sodium stearoyl lactate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, sulfosuccinic acid Dioctyl sodium, lecithin, hydroxylated lecithin, partially hydrolyzed lecithin, sunflower lecithin, enzyme-treated lecithin, propylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyester monostearate Len sorbitan, polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan oleate, Quillaja extract, plant sterols, sphingolipids, soy saponin, bile powder, animal sterols, fractionated lecithin, yucca foam extract, egg yolk lecithin, Tall oil and rosin glycerin esters are included.
 上記界面活性剤及び乳化剤としては、なかでも、安全性の観点から食品添加物であることが好ましく、コール酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。)、デオキシコール酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。)、オレイン酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。)、カプリン酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。)、カプリル酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。)、ラウリン酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。)、ガムロジングリセリンエステル、オクテニルコハク酸デンプンナトリウム、クエン酸三エチル、クエン酸ステアリル、クエン酸モノグリセリド、グリセリンの乳酸及び脂肪酸エステル類、モノ-,ジ-,若しくはポリグリセリンの脂肪酸エステル類、ショ糖脂肪酸エステル、ステアリン酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩、アルミニウム塩、カリウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。)、ミリスチン酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩、アルミニウム塩、カリウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。)、パルミチン酸塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩、アルミニウム塩、カリウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。)、ステアロイル乳酸カルシウム、ステアロイル乳酸ナトリウム、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、スルホコハク酸ジオクチルナトリウム、レシチン、水酸化レシチン、部分水解レシチン、ヒマワリレシチン、酵素処理レシチン、プロピレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、モノラウリン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、モノステアリン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、トリステアリン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、オレイン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、キラヤ抽出物、植物性ステロール、スフィンゴ脂質、ダイズサポニン、胆汁末、動物性ステロール、分別レシチン、ユッカフォーム抽出物、卵黄レシチン、トール油、又はロジングリセリンエステルが好ましい。 Among the above surfactants and emulsifiers, food additives are preferable from the viewpoint of safety, and cholic acid salts (examples of salts include calcium salts, sodium salts, and potassium salts). , Deoxycholate (salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt), oleate salt (salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt). ), Caprate (the salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt), caprylate salt (the salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt). ), Laurate (in the form of salt, calcium, sodium and potassium salts are included), gum rosin Esters, sodium octenyl succinate, triethyl citrate, stearyl citrate, monoglyceride citric acid, lactic acid and fatty acid esters of glycerin, fatty acid esters of mono-, di-, or polyglycerin, sucrose fatty acid ester, stearate (Salt forms include calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts), myristate salts (salt forms: calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, Aluminum salts include potassium salts and sodium salts), palmitate salts (in the form of salts include calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts), stearoyl salts Calcium lactate, stearoyl sodium lactate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate, lecithin, hydroxylated lecithin, partially hydrolyzed lecithin, sunflower lecithin, enzyme-treated lecithin, propylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxy monostearate Ethylene sorbitan, polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan oleate, quillaja extract, plant sterols, sphingolipids, soy saponin, bile powder, animal sterols, fractionated lecithin, yucca foam extract, egg yolk lecithin, Tall oil or rosin glycerin ester is preferred.
 界面活性剤及び乳化剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤及び/又は乳化剤を含む場合、界面活性剤及び乳化剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全質量に対して、0.01~2質量%が好ましく、0.05~2質量%がより好ましく、0.05~1質量%が更に好ましい。
The surfactant and the emulsifying agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant and / or an emulsifying agent, the content of the surfactant and the emulsifying agent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is from 0.01 to the total mass of the composition. 2% by mass is preferable, 0.05 to 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.05 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
<酸化防止剤>
 本発明の組成物は、酸化防止剤を含むことが好ましい。本発明の組成物が酸化防止剤を含む場合、抗ウイルス活性がより優れる。
 酸化防止剤としては、特定フェノール系化合物及び同一の芳香環基に2個以上の水酸基を有する化合物以外であれば、特に制限されず、例えば、「抗酸化剤の理論と実際」(梶本著、三書房  1984)、及び「酸化防止剤ハンドブック」(猿渡、西野、田端著、大成社  1976)に記載の各種酸化防止剤を使用できる。
<Antioxidant>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains an antioxidant. When the composition of the present invention contains an antioxidant, the antiviral activity is more excellent.
The antioxidant is not particularly limited as long as it is other than the specific phenolic compound and the compound having two or more hydroxyl groups in the same aromatic ring group, and, for example, “the theory and practice of antioxidants” (Enomoto, Various antioxidants described in Sanshobo (1984) and “Antioxidant handbook” (Saruwatari, Nishino, Tabata, Taiseisha 1976) can be used.
 また、酸化防止剤としては、アスコルビン酸、アスコルビン酸誘導体、及びそれらの塩;エリソルビン酸、エリソルビン酸誘導体、及びそれらの塩、フェニレンジアミン等のアミン系化合物;も使用できる。 As the antioxidant, ascorbic acid, ascorbic acid derivatives, and salts thereof; erythorbic acid, erythorbic acid derivatives, salts thereof, amine compounds such as phenylenediamine, and the like can also be used.
 上記アスコルビン酸、アスコルビン酸誘導体、及びそれらの塩としては、例えば、L-アスコルビン酸、L-アスコルビン酸ナトリウム、L-アスコルビン酸カリウム、L-アスコルビン酸カルシウム、L-アスコルビン酸リン酸エステル、L-アスコルビン酸リン酸エステルのマグネシウム塩、L-アスコルビン酸硫酸エステル、L-アスコルビン酸硫酸エステル2ナトリウム塩、L-アスコルビン酸ステアリン酸エステル、L-アスコルビン酸2-グルコシド、L-アスコルビル酸パルミチン酸エステル、及びテトライソパルミチン酸L-アスコルビル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ascorbic acid, ascorbic acid derivatives and salts thereof include L-ascorbic acid, sodium L-ascorbate, potassium L-ascorbate, calcium L-ascorbate, L-ascorbic acid phosphate, L- Ascorbic acid phosphate ester magnesium salt, L-ascorbic acid sulfuric acid ester, L-ascorbic acid sulfuric acid ester disodium salt, L-ascorbic acid stearic acid ester, L-ascorbic acid 2-glucoside, L-ascorbyl palmitic acid ester, And L-ascorbyl tetraisopalmitate and the like.
 上記エリソルビン酸、エリソルビン酸誘導体、及びそれらの塩としては、例えば、エリソルビン酸、エリソルビン酸ナトリウム、エリソルビン酸カリウム、エリソルビン酸カルシウム、エリソルビン酸リン酸エステル、及びエリソルビン酸硫酸エステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the erythorbic acid, erythorbic acid derivatives, and salts thereof include erythorbic acid, sodium erythorbate, potassium erythorbate, calcium erythorbate, erythorbate phosphate, and erythorbate sulfate.
 上記アミン系化合物としては、フェニレンジアミン、ジフェニル-p-フェニレンジアミン、及び4-アミノ-p-ジフェニルアミン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the amine compound include phenylenediamine, diphenyl-p-phenylenediamine, 4-amino-p-diphenylamine and the like.
 上記酸化防止剤としては、なかでも、安全性の観点から食品添加物であることが好ましく、、エチレンジアミン四酢酸カルシウムニナトリウム、L-アスコルビン酸、L-アスコルビン酸カルシウム、L-アスコルビン酸ステアリン酸エステル、L-アスコルビン酸ナトリウム、L-アスコルビン酸パルミチン酸エステル、イソアスコルビン酸、エリソルビン酸、エリソルビン酸ナトリウム、クエン酸イソプロピル、ジラウリルチオジプロピオネート、チオジプロピオン酸、チオジプロピオン酸ジステアリルエステル、チオ硫酸ナトリウム、ピロ亜硫酸カリウム、ピロ亜硫酸ナトリウム、亜硫酸カリウム、亜硫酸ナトリウム、亜硫酸水素カリウム、亜硫酸水素ナトリウム、又は塩化第一錫が好ましい。
 酸化防止剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が酸化防止剤を含む場合、酸化防止剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全質量に対して、0.001~2質量%が好ましく、0.01~2質量%がより好ましく、0.01~0.5質量%が更に好ましい。
Among the above antioxidants, food additives are preferable from the viewpoint of safety, and ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid calcium disodium, L-ascorbic acid, L-calcium ascorbate, L-ascorbic acid stearate L-ascorbic acid sodium, L-ascorbic acid palmitic acid ester, isoascorbic acid, erythorbic acid, sodium erythorbic acid sodium, isopropyl citrate, dilauryl thiodipropionate, thiodipropionic acid, thiodipropionic acid distearyl ester, Sodium thiosulfate, potassium metabisulfite, sodium pyrosulfite, potassium sulfite, sodium sulfite, potassium bisulfite, sodium bisulfite or stannous chloride is preferred.
The antioxidant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains an antioxidant, the content of the antioxidant (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 2% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition, 0.01 to 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.01 to 0.5% by mass is more preferable.
<pH調整剤>
 pH調整剤としては特に制限されないが、金属アルコキシド(例えば、ナトリウムメトキシド、及びナトリウムエトキシド等)、金属酸化物(例えば、酸化カルシウム、及び酸化マグネシウム等)、炭酸水素塩(炭酸水素アンモニウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、及び炭酸水素カルシウム等)、金属水酸化物(水酸化カルシウム、水酸化マグネシウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化リチウム、水酸化アルミニウム、水酸化ルビジウム、水酸化セシウム、水酸化ストロンチウム、水酸化バリウム、水酸化ユウロピリウム(II)、及び水酸化タリウム(I)等)、炭酸塩(炭酸アンモニウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸マグネシウム、及び炭酸セシウム等)、水酸化4級アンモニウム、有機塩基(グアニジン誘導体、ジアザビシクロウンデセン、及びジアザビシクロノネン等)、フォスファゼン塩基、及びプロアザフォスファトラン塩基等が挙げられる。
 pH調整剤としては、安全性の観点から食品添加物として使用されるものが好ましく、ナトリウムメトキシド、酸化カルシウム、酸化マグネシウム、炭酸水素アンモニウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、炭酸水素カルシウム、水酸化カルシウム、水酸化マグネシウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化ナトリウム、炭酸アンモニウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸ナトリウム、又は炭酸マグネシウムが好ましい。
<PH adjuster>
The pH adjuster is not particularly limited, but metal alkoxides (eg, sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide etc.), metal oxides (eg calcium oxide and magnesium oxide etc.), hydrogen carbonates (ammonium hydrogen carbonate, carbonates) Sodium hydrogen hydrogen, potassium hydrogen carbonate and calcium hydrogen carbonate etc., metal hydroxides (calcium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide, rubidium hydroxide, cesium hydroxide) Strontium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, europylium hydroxide (II) and thallium hydroxide (I) etc., carbonates (ammonium carbonate, potassium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, cesium carbonate etc.), Quaternary ammonium hydroxide Organic bases (guanidine derivatives, diazabicycloundecene, and diazabicyclononene, etc.), phosphazene base, and pro-aza phosphatonin Tran bases, and the like.
As a pH adjuster, those used as food additives are preferable from the viewpoint of safety, and sodium methoxide, calcium oxide, magnesium oxide, ammonium hydrogencarbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, calcium hydrogencarbonate, hydroxide Calcium, magnesium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, ammonium carbonate, potassium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate or magnesium carbonate is preferred.
 pH調整剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物がpH調整剤を含む場合、pH調整剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、式(1)で表される化合物の含有量などによって適宜変更されるため、限定することはできないが、組成物のpHが9.5超となるように、組成物の全質量に対して、0.001~30質量%が好ましく、0.005~20質量%がより好ましく、0.01~10質量%が更に好ましい。
The pH adjuster may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a pH adjuster, the content of the pH adjuster (if there is a plurality of types, the total thereof) is appropriately changed according to the content of the compound represented by the formula (1), etc. Although it can not be limited, 0.001-30 mass% is preferable with respect to the total mass of a composition so that pH of a composition may become more than 9.5, and 0.005-20 mass% is more preferable. Preferably, 0.01 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
<紫外線吸収剤>
 紫外線吸収剤としては特に制限されないが、例えば、パラアミノ安息香酸、エチルジヒドロキシプロピルパラアミノ安息香酸、グリセリルパラアミノ安息香酸、オクチルジメチルパラアミノ安息香酸、パラジメチルアミノ安息香酸アミル、及びパラジメチルアミノ安息香酸2-エチルへキシル等のパラアミノ安息香酸系化合物;パラメトキシケイ皮酸2-エチルヘキシル(別名;パラメトキシケイ皮酸オクチル)、ジパラメトキシケイ皮酸モノ-2-エチルヘキサン酸グリセリル、2,5-ジイソプロピルケイ皮酸メチル、2,4,6-トリス[4-(2-エチルへキシルオキシカルボニル)アニリノ]-1,3,5-トリアジン、トリメトキシケイ皮酸メチルビス(トリメチルシロキシ)シリルイソペンチル、パラメトキシケイ皮酸イソプロピル・ジイソプロピルケイ皮酸エステル混合物、及びp-メトキシハイドロケイ皮酸ジエタノールアミン塩等のケイ皮酸系化合物;2-フェニル-ベンズイミダゾール-5-硫酸、4-イソプロピルジベンゾイルメタン、及び4-tert-ブチル-4’-メトキシジベンゾイルメタン等のベンゾイルメタン系化合物;2-シアノ-3,3-ジフェニルプロパ-2-エン酸-2-エチルヘキシルエステル(別名;オクトクリレン)、ジメトキシベンジリデンジオキソイミダゾリジンプロピオン酸2-エチルへキシル、1-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-4,4-ジメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオン、シノキサート、メチル-O-アミノベンゾエート、2-エチルヘキシル-2-シアノ-3,3-ジフェニルアクリレート、3-(4-メチルベンジリデン)カンフル、オクチルトリアゾン、4-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニルメチレン)-2,5-ジオキソ-1-イミダゾリジンプロピオン酸2-エチルヘキシル、これらの高分子誘導体、並びにシラン誘導体等が挙げられる。
<UV absorber>
The UV absorber is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include paraaminobenzoic acid, ethyldihydroxypropylparaaminobenzoic acid, glycerylparaaminobenzoic acid, octyldimethylparaaminobenzoic acid, amyl paradimethylaminobenzoate, and 2-ethyl paradimethylaminobenzoate. Para-aminobenzoic acid compounds such as hexyl; 2-ethylhexyl paramethoxycinnamate (alias: octyl paramethoxycinnamate), glyceryl mono-2-ethylhexanoate diparamethoxycinnamate, 2,5-diisopropyl silica Methyl skin, 2,4,6-tris [4- (2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl) anilino] -1,3,5-triazine, methyl bis (trimethylsiloxy) silyl isopentyl trimethoxycinnamate, paramethoxy Cinnamic acid isop Cinnamate compounds such as Pill-diisopropylcinnamic acid ester mixture and p-methoxyhydrocinnamic acid diethanolamine salt; 2-phenyl-benzimidazole-5-sulfate, 4-isopropyldibenzoylmethane, and 4-tert- Benzoylmethane compounds such as butyl-4'-methoxydibenzoylmethane; 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylprop-2-enoic acid-2-ethylhexyl ester (alias: octocrylene), dimethoxybenzylidene dioxoimidazolidine propionic acid 2-ethylhexyl, 1- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) -4,4-dimethyl-1,3-pentanedione, sinoxate, methyl-O-aminobenzoate, 2-ethylhexyl-2-cyano-3,3 -Diphenyl acrylate, 3- (4-methyl) Benzylidene) camphor, octyl triazone, 4- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl methylene) -2,5-dioxo-1-imidazolidine-propionic acid 2-ethylhexyl, these polymeric derivatives and silane derivatives.
 紫外線吸収剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が紫外線吸収剤を含む場合、紫外線吸収剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全質量に対して、0.01~3質量%が好ましく、0.01~2質量%がより好ましく、0.01~1質量%が更に好ましい。
The ultraviolet absorber may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains an ultraviolet light absorber, the content of the ultraviolet light absorber (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition, 0.01 to 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.01 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
<キレート剤>
 キレート剤としては特に制限されないが、例えば、アミノポリカルボン酸系キレート剤、芳香族又は脂肪族カルボン酸系キレート剤、アミノ酸系キレート剤、ホスホン酸系キレート剤、リン酸系キレート剤、ヒドロキシカルボン酸系キレート剤、高分子電解質(オリゴマー電解質を含む)系キレート剤、ジメチルグリオキシム、チオグリコール酸、フィチン酸、グリオキシル酸、及びグリオキサール酸等が挙げられる。これらのキレート剤は、それぞれフリーの酸型であっても、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、アンモニウム塩等の塩の形であってもよい。
Chelating agent
The chelating agent is not particularly limited. For example, aminopolycarboxylic acid type chelating agents, aromatic or aliphatic carboxylic acid type chelating agents, amino acid type chelating agents, phosphonic acid type chelating agents, phosphoric acid type chelating agents, hydroxycarboxylic acid And chelating agents, polyelectrolytes (including oligomer electrolytes), dimethylglyoxime, thioglycolic acid, phytic acid, glyoxylic acid, glyoxal acid and the like. These chelating agents may be in free acid form or in the form of salts such as sodium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt and the like.
 アミノポリカルボン酸系キレート剤としては、例えば、エチレンジアミンテトラ酢酸、エチレンジアミンジ酢酸、シクロヘキサンジアミンテトラ酢酸、ニトリロトリ酢酸、イミノジ酢酸、N-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イミノジ酢酸、ジエチレントリアミンペンタ酢酸、N-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)エチレンジアミントリ酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミンテトラ酢酸、グルタミン酸ジ酢酸、アスパラギン酸ジ酢酸、及びこれらの塩類等が挙げられる。 Examples of aminopolycarboxylic acid chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediaminediacetic acid, cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, nitrilotriacetic acid, iminodiacetic acid, N- (2-hydroxyethyl) iminodiacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, N- (2 And -hydroxyethyl) ethylenediamine triacetic acid, glycol ether diamine tetraacetic acid, glutamic acid diacetic acid, aspartic acid diacetic acid, and salts thereof, and the like.
 芳香族又は脂肪族カルボン酸系キレート剤としては、例えば、シュウ酸、マロン酸、コハク酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、ピメリン酸、セバシン酸、アゼライン酸、イタコン酸、アコニット酸、ピルビン酸、アミノ安息香酸(アントラニル酸を含む)、フタル酸、フマル酸、トリメリット酸、ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、及びこれらの塩類等が挙げられる。 Examples of aromatic or aliphatic carboxylic acid chelating agents include oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, sebacic acid, azelaic acid, itaconic acid, aconitic acid, pyruvic acid and aminobenzoic acid. Examples include acids (including anthranilic acid), phthalic acid, fumaric acid, trimellitic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, and salts thereof.
 アミノ酸系キレート剤としては、例えば、グリシン、セリン、アラニン、リジン、シスチン、システイン、エチオニン、チロシン、メチオニン、及びこれらの塩類等が挙げられる。 Examples of amino acid based chelating agents include glycine, serine, alanine, lysine, cystine, cysteine, ethionine, tyrosine, methionine, and salts thereof, and the like.
 ホスホン酸系キレート剤としては、例えば、イミノジメチルホスホン酸、アルキルジホスホン酸、1-ヒドロキシエタン-1,1-ジホスホン酸、及びこれらの塩類等が挙げられる。 Examples of phosphonic acid chelating agents include iminodimethylphosphonic acid, alkyldiphosphonic acid, 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonic acid, and salts thereof.
 リン酸系キレート剤としては、例えば、オルトリン酸、ピロリン酸、トリリン酸、及びポリリン酸等が挙げられる。 Examples of phosphoric acid based chelating agents include orthophosphoric acid, pyrophosphoric acid, triphosphoric acid, and polyphosphoric acid.
 ヒドロキシカルボン酸系キレート剤としては、例えば、リンゴ酸、クエン酸、グリコール酸、グルコン酸、ヘプトン酸、酒石酸、乳酸、及びこれらの塩類等が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydroxycarboxylic acid chelating agent include malic acid, citric acid, glycolic acid, gluconic acid, heptonic acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid, and salts thereof, and the like.
 高分子電解質(オリゴマー電解質を含む)系キレート剤としては、例えば、アクリル酸重合体、無水マレイン酸重合体、α-ヒドロキシアクリル酸重合体、イタコン酸重合体、及びこれらの重合体の構成モノマー2種以上からなる共重合体、並びにエポキシコハク酸重合体等が挙げられる。 Examples of polymer electrolyte (including oligomer electrolyte) -based chelating agents include acrylic acid polymer, maleic anhydride polymer, α-hydroxy acrylic acid polymer, itaconic acid polymer, and constituent monomers of these polymers 2 The copolymer which consists of a seed or more, an epoxy succinic acid polymer, etc. are mentioned.
 キレート剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物がキレート剤を含む場合、キレート剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全質量に対して、0.001~3質量%が好ましく、0.001~2質量%がより好ましく、0.001~1質量%が更に好ましい。
The chelating agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a chelating agent, the content of the chelating agent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. The amount is more preferably 001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
<保湿剤>
 保湿剤としては特に制限されず、例えば、デオキシリボ核酸、ムコ多糖類、ヒアルロン酸、コンドロイチン硫酸、アロエエキス、ゼラチン、エラスチン、キチン、キトサン、加水分解卵殻膜、ポリオキシエチレンメチルグルコシド、ポリオキシプロピレンメチルグルコシド、乳酸ナトリウム、尿素、ピロリドンカルボン酸ナトリウム、ベタイン、及びホエイ等が挙げられる。
<Moisturizer>
The moisturizing agent is not particularly limited. For example, deoxyribonucleic acid, mucopolysaccharide, hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, aloe extract, gelatin, elastin, chitin, chitosan, hydrolyzed eggshell membrane, polyoxyethylene methyl glucoside, polyoxypropylene methyl Glucoside, sodium lactate, urea, sodium pyrrolidonecarboxylate, betaine, whey and the like can be mentioned.
 保湿剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が保湿剤を含む場合、保湿剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全質量に対して、0.001~3質量%が好ましく、0.001~2質量%がより好ましく、0.001~1質量%が更に好ましい。
A humectant may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
When the composition of the present invention contains a moisturizing agent, the content of the moisturizing agent (the total amount of the plural kinds, if present) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. The amount is more preferably 001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
<増粘剤及びゲル化剤>
 増粘剤及びゲル化剤としては、例えば、無水マレイン酸・メチルビニルエーテル共重合体、塩化ジメチルジアリルアンモニウム・アクリルアミド共重合体、アクリルアミド・アクリル酸・塩化ジメチルジアリルアンモニウム共重合体、セルロース又はその誘導体、ケラチン及びコラーゲン又はそれらの誘導体、アルギン酸カルシウム、プルラン、寒天、タマリンド種子多糖類、キサンタンガム、カラギーナン、ハイメトキシルペクチン、ローメトキシルペクチン、グアーガム、アラビアゴム、えん麦ガム、アカシアガム、結晶セルロース、アラビノガラクタン、カラヤガム、トラガカントガム、カロブビーンガム、ガティガム、アルギン酸及びその塩(塩の形態としては、アンモニウム塩、カリウム塩、カルシウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。)、アルギン酸プロピレングリコールエステル、アルブミン、カゼイン、カードラン、βグルカン及びβグルカン誘導体、ローカストビーンガム、ジェランガム、カッシアガム、マンナン、タラガム、トラガントガム、タマリンドガム、デキストラン、ポリデキストロース、α-グルコース、エチルヒドロキシエチルセルロース、カルボキシメチルセルロース及びその塩(塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。)、酵素分解カルボキシメチルセルロースナトリウム、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルデンプン、ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース、メチルエチルセルロース、メチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピル化エピ架橋デンプン、ヒドロキシプロピル化リン酸架橋デンプン、アミロペクチン、ヒドロキシプロピル化リン酸架橋デンプン、アセチル化アジピン酸架橋デンプン、酸化ヒドロキシプロピル化エピ架橋デンプン、アセチル化リン酸架橋デンプン、アセチル化酸化デンプン、アルカリ処理デンプン、酸化ヒドロキシプロピル化エピ架橋デンプン、グリセロール架橋デンプン、酸処理デンプン、リン酸モノエステル化リン酸架橋デンプン、リン酸化デンプン、酢酸デンプン、漂白デンプン、酵素処理デンプン、酸化デンプン、デンプングリコール酸ナトリウム、デンプンコハク酸ナトリウム、グルコマンナン、シクロデキストリン、デキストリン、プルラン、ペクチン、ポリアクリル酸ナトリウム、ユーケマ、β-1,3-グルカン寒天、並びにα-グルコースの誘導体等が挙げられる。
<Thickener and gelling agent>
As a thickener and a gelling agent, for example, maleic anhydride · methyl vinyl ether copolymer, dimethyldiallylammonium chloride · acrylamide copolymer, acrylamide · acrylic acid · dimethyldiarylammonium chloride copolymer, cellulose or a derivative thereof, Keratin and collagen or derivatives thereof, calcium alginate, pullulan, agar, tamarind seed polysaccharide, xanthan gum, carrageenan, high methoxyl pectin, lomethoxyl pectin, guar gum, gum arabic, oat gum, acacia gum, crystalline cellulose, arabinogalactan, Karaya gum, tragacanth gum, carob bean gum, gati gum, alginic acid and salts thereof (in the form of salts, ammonium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, and sodium salts are listed) Alginic acid propylene glycol ester, albumin, casein, curdlan, β-glucan and β-glucan derivatives, locust bean gum, gellan gum, cassia gum, mannan, tara gum, traganto gum, tamarind gum, dextran, polydextrose, α-glucose, ethyl Hydroxyethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose and salts thereof (in the form of salts, calcium and sodium salts are included), Enzyme-degraded sodium carboxymethylcellulose, Hydroxypropylcellulose, Hydroxypropyl starch, Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, Methylethylcellulose, Methylcellulose, Hydroxypropylated epi-crosslinked starch, hydroxypropylated phosphoric acid cross-linked starch Amylopectin, hydroxypropylated phosphoric acid crosslinked starch, acetylated adipic acid crosslinked starch, oxidized hydroxypropylated epi crosslinked starch, acetylated phosphoric acid crosslinked starch, acetylated oxidized starch, alkali treated starch, oxidized hydroxypropylated epi crosslinked starch, glycerol Crosslinked starch, acid treated starch, phosphate monoesterified phosphate crosslinked starch, phosphorylated starch, starch acetate, bleached starch, enzyme treated starch, oxidized starch, sodium starch glycolate, sodium starch succinate, glucomannan, cyclodextrin, Dextrin, pullulan, pectin, sodium polyacrylate, eukema, β-1,3-glucan agar, derivatives of α-glucose and the like can be mentioned.
 増粘剤及びゲル化剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が増粘剤及び/又はゲル化剤を含む場合、増粘剤及びゲル化剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全質量に対して、0.001~3質量%が好ましく、0.001~2質量%がより好ましく、0.001~1質量%が更に好ましい。
The thickener and the gelling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a thickening agent and / or a gelling agent, the content of the thickening agent and the gelling agent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is relative to the total mass of the composition. The content is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
<防腐剤>
 防腐剤としては特に制限されないが、例えば、安息香酸、安息香酸ナトリウム、ソルビン酸カリウム、ソルビン酸ナトリウム、ソルビン酸、デヒドロ酢酸ナトリウム、過酸化水素、ギ酸、ギ酸エチル、ジ亜塩素酸ナトリウム、プロピオン酸、プロピオン酸ナトリウム、プロピオン酸カルシウム、ペクチン分解物、ポリリジン、フェノキシエタノール、チラム、チアベンダゾール、イマザリル、ジフェニル、ナタマイシン、フルジオキソニル、アゾキシストロビン、及びティートリー油が挙げられる。
<Antiseptic>
The preservative is not particularly limited. For example, benzoic acid, sodium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium sorbate, sorbic acid, sodium dehydroacetate, hydrogen peroxide, formic acid, ethyl formate, sodium hypochlorite, propionic acid And sodium propionate, calcium propionate, pectin degradation products, polylysine, phenoxyethanol, thiram, thiabendazole, imazalil, diphenyl, natamycin, fludioxonil, azoxystrobin, and tea tree oil.
 防腐剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が防腐剤を含む場合、防腐剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全質量に対して、0.001~3質量%が好ましく、0.001~2質量%がより好ましく、0.001~1質量%が更に好ましい。
The preservative may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a preservative, the content of the preservative (if there is more than one type in total) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass relative to the total mass of the composition, and 0. The amount is more preferably 001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
<香料>
 香料としては特に制限されないが、例えば、ジャコウ、アカシア油、アニス油、イランイラン油、ジャスミン油、スウィートオレンジ油、スペアミント油、ゼラニウム油、ネロリ油、ハッカ油、ヒノキ油、フェンネル油、ペパーミント油、ベルガモット油、ライム油、ラベンダー油、レモン油、レモングラス油、ローズ油、ローズウッド油、アニスアルデヒド、シベトン、ムスコン、及びリモネン等が挙げられる。
<Perfuming>
The flavoring agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include musk, acacia oil, anise oil, ylang oil, jasmine oil, sweet orange oil, spearmint oil, geranium oil, neroli oil, peppermint oil, cypress oil, fennel oil, peppermint oil, And bergamot oil, lime oil, lavender oil, lemon oil, lemon grass oil, rose oil, rosewood oil, anisaldehyde, shibetone, muscone, limonene and the like.
 香料は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が香料を含む場合、香料の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全質量に対して、0.001~3質量%が好ましく、0.001~2質量%がより好ましく、0.001~1質量%が更に好ましい。
The fragrance may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a perfume, the content of the perfume (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass, and more preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.001 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
<色素>
 色素としては特に制限されないが、例えば、オキアミ色素、オレンジ色素、カオリン、グンジョウ、酸化クロム、酸化鉄、二酸化チタン、及びクロロフィル等が挙げられる。
<Pigment>
The pigment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include krill pigment, orange pigment, kaolin, gunjow, chromium oxide, iron oxide, titanium dioxide, chlorophyll and the like.
 色素は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が色素を含む場合、香料の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全質量に対して、0.001~3質量%が好ましく、0.001~2質量%がより好ましく、0.001~1質量%が更に好ましい。
The dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a pigment, the content of the perfume (the total amount of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass, and more preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.001 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
〔組成物の製造方法〕
 本発明の組成物は、上述した必須成分及び任意成分を、適宜混合することによって調製できる。なお、上記成分の混合の順番は特に制限されない。
[Method of producing composition]
The composition of the present invention can be prepared by appropriately mixing the above-described essential components and optional components. In addition, the order in particular of mixing of the said component is not restrict | limited.
〔剤型〕
 本発明の組成物の剤型は特に制限されないが、例えば、液剤、ジェル剤、エアゾールスプレー剤、及び非エアゾールスプレー剤等が挙げられる。
[Formulation type]
The dosage form of the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include solutions, gels, aerosol sprays and non-aerosol sprays.
〔用途〕
 本発明の組成物は、例えば、カリシウイルス科、オルトミクソウイルス科、コロナウイルス科、及びヘルペスウイルス科等に属するウイルスを不活化する作用を有するため、上記のウイルスに作用させて上記のウイルスの活性を減少させる用途が好ましい。なお、カリシウイルス科に属するウイルスとしては、ノロウイルス属、サポウイルス属、ラゴウイルス属、ネボウイルス属、及びベシウイルス属に属するウイルス等が挙げられる。本発明の組成物は、なかでも、ノロウイルス属に属するウイルス及びベシウイルス属に属するウイルスに対して良好な不活化効果を発揮する。
[Use]
The composition of the present invention has an action of inactivating viruses belonging to, for example, Caliciviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Coronaviridae, Herpesviridae, etc. Applications that reduce activity are preferred. In addition, as viruses belonging to the Caliciviridae family, viruses belonging to Norovirus, Sapovirus genus, Lagovirus genus, Nebovirus genus, and Besivirus genus can be mentioned. The composition of the present invention exerts a good inactivating effect on viruses belonging to the genus Norovirus and viruses belonging to the group Besivirus, among others.
 組成物は、なかでも、抗ノロウイルス用組成物として用いられるのが好ましい。
 上記組成物の使用方法としては特に制限されないが、ノロウイルスが付着、又は、付着するおそれがある箇所に、塗布する、又は、予め塗布しておくことができる。組成物を塗布する方法としては特に制限されないが、例えば組成物を上記箇所に噴霧する方法、組成物を含む基布等によって上記箇所を拭く方法、及び、液体洗浄料である組成物で手指を洗浄する方法等が挙げられる。
The composition is preferably used as an anti-norovirus composition, among others.
The method of use of the above composition is not particularly limited, but it can be applied or previously applied to a place where norovirus may adhere or may adhere. The method of applying the composition is not particularly limited. For example, a method of spraying the composition to the above location, a method of wiping the above location with a base cloth containing the composition, etc. and a hand with a composition that is a liquid cleaning agent The method of wash | cleaning etc. are mentioned.
[スプレー]
 本発明のスプレーは、スプレー容器と、上記スプレー容器に収容された抗ウイルス用組成物と、を含む。なお、抗ウイルス用組成物としては、既に説明したとおりである。
 上記スプレー容器は、エアゾールスプレー容器であっても、非エアゾールスプレー容器であってもよい。上記スプレー容器としては、なかでも、非エアゾールスプレー容器が好ましい。
 上記スプレー容器がエアゾールスプレー容器である場合とは、例えば、スプレー容器が抗ウイルス用組成物以外に液体ガス及び圧縮ガス等のガスを含む形態を意図する。エアゾールスプレー容器としては、具体的には、液化石油ガス(LPG)、ジメチルエーテル(DME)、炭酸ガス、窒素ガス、及びイソペンタン等のガスを含むスプレー容器が挙げられる。
 上記スプレー容器が非エアゾールスプレー容器である場合とは、スプレー容器が、液体ガス及び圧縮ガス等のガスを実質的に含まずに、容器中に収容される液体を霧状及び泡状等の形態で容器外へ噴出させる機構を備えている形態を意図する。非エアゾールスプレー容器としては、例えば、ポンプ式、及びトリガー式等の蓄圧式のスプレー容器が挙げられる。
[spray]
The spray of the present invention comprises a spray container and the antiviral composition contained in the spray container. In addition, as an antiviral composition, it is as having already demonstrated.
The spray container may be an aerosol spray container or a non-aerosol spray container. Among the above-mentioned spray containers, non-aerosol spray containers are preferable.
In the case where the spray container is an aerosol spray container, for example, the spray container is intended to include, in addition to the antiviral composition, a liquid gas and a gas such as a compressed gas. As an aerosol spray container, the spray container containing gas, such as liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), dimethyl ether (DME), carbon dioxide gas, nitrogen gas, and isopentane, is mentioned specifically ,.
In the case where the spray container is a non-aerosol spray container, the spray container may be in the form of a mist, a foam, etc. of the liquid contained in the container substantially free of gas such as liquid gas and compressed gas. In the present invention, it is intended to be provided with a mechanism for ejecting the liquid to the outside of the container. Examples of non-aerosol spray containers include pump-type and trigger-type pressure-accumulation spray containers.
[ワイパー]
 本発明のワイパーは、基布と、上記基布に含浸させた抗ウイルス用組成物と、を含む。
なお、抗ウイルス用組成物としては、既に説明したとおりである。
 上記基布としては特に制限されず、天然繊維で形成されたものであっても、化学繊維で形成されたものであってもよい。
 天然繊維としては、例えば、パルプ、綿、麻、亜麻、羊毛、キヤメル、カシミヤ、モヘヤ、及び絹等が挙げられる。
 化学繊維としては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、レーヨン、ポリノジック、アセテート、トリアセテート、ナイロン、ポリエステル、ポリアクリロニトリル、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリウレタン、ポリアルキレンパラオキシベンゾエート、及びポリクラール等が挙げられる。
 これらの基布のうち、組成物を含浸させやすい点で、親水性の基布が好ましい。親水性の基布とは、例えば、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、アミド基、及びスルホニル基等の親水性基を有する繊維を含む基布である。親水性の基布としては、具体的には、植物性繊維、綿、パルプ、動物性繊維、レーヨン、ナイロン、ポリエステル、ポリアクリロニトリル、及びポリビニルアルコール等が挙げられる。
 また、基布としては、不織布、布、タオル、ガーゼ、及び脱脂綿等も使用でき、不織布が好ましい。
[Wiper]
The wiper of the present invention comprises a backing and an antiviral composition impregnated in the backing.
In addition, as an antiviral composition, it is as having already demonstrated.
The base fabric is not particularly limited, and may be formed of natural fibers or chemical fibers.
Natural fibers include, for example, pulp, cotton, hemp, flax, wool, camel, cashmere, mohya, silk and the like.
Chemical fibers include polyethylene terephthalate, rayon, polynozic, acetate, triacetate, nylon, polyester, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyurethane, polyalkylene para oxybenzoate, and polychlore, etc. Be
Among these base cloths, hydrophilic base cloths are preferred in that they are easily impregnated with the composition. The hydrophilic base is, for example, a base containing a fiber having a hydrophilic group such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, an amido group, and a sulfonyl group. Specific examples of the hydrophilic base cloth include vegetable fibers, cotton, pulp, animal fibers, rayon, nylon, polyester, polyacrylonitrile, and polyvinyl alcohol.
Further, as the base cloth, non-woven fabric, cloth, towel, gauze, cotton wool and the like can be used, and non-woven fabric is preferable.
 また、基布の目付(単位面積当たりの質量)は、100g/m2以下が好ましい。上記組成物を基布に含浸させる際の含浸量は、基布の質量に対して1倍以上の量が好ましい。 The basis weight (mass per unit area) of the base fabric is preferably 100 g / m 2 or less. The amount of impregnation at the time of impregnating the composition with the base fabric is preferably an amount of one or more times the mass of the base fabric.
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明をさらに詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. The materials, amounts used, proportions, treatment contents, treatment procedures and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Accordingly, the scope of the present invention should not be construed as limited by the following examples.
[実施例1~47、比較例1~5]
〔抗ウイルス用組成物の調製〕
<実施例1の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製>
 3-メトキシフェノール90mg(725μmol)を仕込んだガラス製容器に、エタノール24mLを加え、3-メトキシフェノールをエタノールに溶解させた。次に、上記ガラス製容器内に、水と1mol/Lの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液とを、水の総量が6mL(溶媒の全体積に対するエタノール濃度80体積%)、且つ、調液後の抗ウイルス用組成物のpHが9.6となるように加えて、抗ウイルス用組成物を得た。
 なお、pHの測定は、下記方法により実施した。
[Examples 1 to 47, Comparative Examples 1 to 5]
[Preparation of composition for antiviral agent]
Preparation of Antiviral Composition of Example 1
In a glass container charged with 90 mg (725 μmol) of 3-methoxyphenol, 24 mL of ethanol was added, and 3-methoxy phenol was dissolved in ethanol. Next, in the above glass container, water and 1 mol / L aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, the total amount of water is 6 mL (ethanol concentration 80% by volume relative to the total volume of the solvent), and for antiviral after preparation The composition was added such that the pH of the composition was 9.6, to obtain an antiviral composition.
In addition, the measurement of pH was implemented by the following method.
 (pHの測定法)
 pH計(製品名「pH・水質分析計 LAQUA F-72S」、(株)堀場製作所製)、及びpH電極(製品名「6377-10D」、(株)堀場製作所製)を用い、pH標準液にてpHを校正後に測定を行った。サンプル液を液温25℃に調製後、電極をサンプル液に浸漬し、1~2分程度放置し、数値が安定化したときのpHの値を読み取った。
(Measurement method of pH)
A pH standard solution using a pH meter (product name “pH • water quality analyzer LAQUA F-72S”, manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.) and a pH electrode (product name “6377-10D”, manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.) The pH was measured after calibration. After preparing the sample solution at a solution temperature of 25 ° C., the electrode was immersed in the sample solution and allowed to stand for about 1 to 2 minutes, and the pH value when the numerical value was stabilized was read.
<実施例2~47、比較例1~5の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製>
 実施例1の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製方法に準じて、表1に示す成分配合及びpHにて、実施例2~47、及び比較例1~5の抗ウイルス用組成物を調製した。
 なお、比較例4のグレープフルーツ抽出物中には、ナリンジン(化合物Bに該当する)及びケルセチン(同一の芳香環基に2個以上の水酸基を有する化合物に該当)が含まれている。
Preparation of Antiviral Composition of Examples 2 to 47 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5
According to the preparation method of the antiviral composition of Example 1, the antiviral compositions of Examples 2 to 47 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were prepared with the component combinations and pH shown in Table 1.
The grapefruit extract of Comparative Example 4 contains naringin (corresponding to compound B) and quercetin (corresponding to a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups in the same aromatic ring group).
〔評価〕
 調製した実施例1~47、及び比較例1~5の抗ウイルス用組成物について、以下に示す方法により、抗ウイルス活性の評価を実施した。
[Evaluation]
Evaluation of the antiviral activity was implemented by the method shown below about the composition for antivirals of the prepared Examples 1-47 and Comparative Examples 1-5.
<抗ネコカリシウイルス活性の評価>
 MEM(Minimum Essential Media)培地中でネコカリシウイルス(Feline calicivirus:ATCC VR-782)を培養して得たウイルス液を、上記で作製した組成物に接種した後に、10秒間撹拌した後、約25℃にて1分間静置した。次に、ウイルス液接種後の組成物の液0.1mLを回収し、9.9mLのSCDLP培地(Soybean. Casein Digest Agar with Lecithin and Polysorbate 80、血清を終濃度10%となるように添加したもの)に入れてよく混合し、試験液を得た。次に、寒天培地上で培養したCRFK細胞(猫腎由来株化細胞、ATCC CCL-94)に、上記試験液を0.1mL接種し、37℃で1時間吸着させた。次に、CRFK細胞上の試験液を洗い流し、寒天培地を重層して、2~3日間培養した。培養後、形成されたプラーク数を計数し、感染価を算出し、これを「抗ウイルス用組成物の感染価」とした。また、抗ウイルス用組成物に代えて滅菌済精製水を用いた以外は上記と同様にして作製した検体についても感染価を算出し、これを「対照の感染価」とした。
 組成物の抗ウイルス性(抗ウイルス活性値)は下記式1を用いて算出し、計算結果を下記基準を用いて評価した。結果を表1に示す。
<Evaluation of anti-cat calicivirus activity>
After inoculation of the virus solution obtained by cultivating feline calicivirus (ATCC VR-782) in MEM (Minimum Essential Media) medium into the composition prepared above, after stirring for 10 seconds, approximately 25 Let stand for 1 minute at ° C. Next, 0.1 mL of the composition solution after virus solution inoculation was collected, and 9.9 mL of SCDLP medium (Soybean. Casein Digest Agar with Lecithin and Polysorbate 80, serum was added to a final concentration of 10%) ) And mixed well to obtain a test solution. Next, 0.1 mL of the test solution was inoculated into CRFK cells (cat kidney cell line, ATCC CCL-94) cultured on an agar medium, and adsorbed at 37 ° C. for 1 hour. Next, the test solution on CRFK cells was washed away, the agar medium was overlaid, and the cells were cultured for 2 to 3 days. After the culture, the number of formed plaques was counted, the infectivity titer was calculated, and this was regarded as the "infectivity titer of the antiviral composition". Moreover, the infectivity titer was calculated also about the sample produced similarly to the above except having replaced with the composition for antivirals, and having used the sterilized purified water, and made this "infectious titer of control".
The antiviral property (antiviral activity value) of the composition was calculated using Formula 1 below, and the calculation result was evaluated using the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 1.
 式1: 抗ウイルス活性値=A-B
 上記Aは、対照の感染価の常用対数値を表す。
 上記Bは、抗ウイルス用組成物の感染価の常用対数値を表す。
Formula 1: Antiviral activity value = AB
The above A represents the common logarithm of the infectivity titer of the control.
The above B represents the common logarithm value of the infective titer of the antiviral composition.
(評価基準)
 「A」:抗ウイルス活性値が4.0以上
 「B」:抗ウイルス活性値が3.5以上4.0未満
 「C」:抗ウイルス活性値が3.0以上3.5未満
 「D」:抗ウイルス活性値が2.0以上3.0未満
 「E」:抗ウイルス活性値が2.0未満
(Evaluation criteria)
"A": antiviral activity value of 4.0 or more "B": antiviral activity value of 3.5 or more and less than 4.0 "C": antiviral activity value of 3.0 or more and less than 3.5 "D" : The antiviral activity value is 2.0 or more and less than 3.0 "E": The antiviral activity value is less than 2.0
 なお、下記表1~6において、抗ウイルス剤及び添加剤の含有量は質量%基準であり、組成物の全質量に対する含有量を表す。
 なお、下記表1~6において示される実施例及び比較例の各抗ウイルス用組成物中、溶媒の含有量は、組成物の全質量に対して95質量%以上であった。
In Tables 1 to 6 below, the contents of the antiviral agent and the additive are based on mass%, and represent the contents with respect to the total mass of the composition.
The content of the solvent in each antiviral composition of Examples and Comparative Examples shown in the following Tables 1 to 6 was 95% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
 以下に、表1中の化合物(1)~化合物(5)を示す。 The compounds (1) to (5) in Table 1 are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000059
 表1の結果から、実施例の抗ウイルス用組成物は、ネコカリシウイルスに対して優れた抗ウイルス活性を示すことが確認された。
 また、実施例1~4の対比から、抗ウイルス用組成物は、pHが10.0以上(好ましくは10.5以上)の場合、ネコカリシウイルスに対してより優れた抗ウイルス活性を示すことが確認された。
 また、実施例4、実施例5~8の対比から、抗ウイルス用組成物は、アルコールの含有量が、溶媒の全体積に対して30~100体積%(好ましくは40~100体積%)である場合、ネコカリシウイルスに対してより優れた抗ウイルス活性を示すことが確認された。
 また、実施例4、実施例9~11の対比から、抗ウイルス用組成物中、特定フェノール系化合物の含有量が、抗ウイルス用組成物の全質量に対して0.10質量%以上(好ましくは0.31質量%以上)の場合、ネコカリシウイルスに対してより優れた抗ウイルス活性を示すことが確認された。
 また、実施例23と37及び38と39の対比から、フェノール性水酸基の近傍(特に、フェノール性水酸基のオルト位)に置換基がない(好ましくは、抗ウイルス剤が式(4)又は式(5)で表される化合物である)場合、ネコカリシウイルスに対してより優れた抗ウイルス活性を示すことが確認された。
 一方、比較例の抗ウイルス用組成物は、ネコカリシウイルスに対する抗ウイルス活性が劣ることが明らかである。
From the results in Table 1, it was confirmed that the antiviral compositions of the examples exhibited excellent antiviral activity against feline calicivirus.
Also, from the comparison of Examples 1 to 4, the composition for antivirals exhibits better antiviral activity against feline calicivirus when pH is 10.0 or higher (preferably 10.5 or higher). Was confirmed.
Further, from the comparison of Example 4 and Examples 5 to 8, the composition for antiviral agent has an alcohol content of 30 to 100% by volume (preferably 40 to 100% by volume) based on the total volume of the solvent. In some cases, it was confirmed to exhibit better antiviral activity against feline calicivirus.
From the comparison of Example 4 and Examples 9 to 11, the content of the specific phenolic compound in the composition for antivirals is 0.10% by mass or more based on the total mass of the composition for antivirals (preferably Of 0.31% by mass or more) was confirmed to exhibit better antiviral activity against feline calicivirus.
Further, from the comparison of Examples 23 and 37 and 38 and 39, there is no substituent in the vicinity of the phenolic hydroxyl group (in particular, the ortho position of the phenolic hydroxyl group) (preferably, the antiviral agent is a compound of Formula (4) or Formula (4) In the case of the compound represented by 5)), it was confirmed that the compound exhibits superior antiviral activity against feline calicivirus.
On the other hand, it is clear that the antiviral composition of the comparative example is inferior in antiviral activity against feline calicivirus.
[実施例48~103]
〔抗ウイルス用組成物の調製〕
<実施例48~103の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製>
 実施例1の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製方法に準じて、表2に示す成分配合及びpHにて実施例48~103の抗ウイルス用組成物を調製し、実施例1と同様の評価を行った。
[Examples 48 to 103]
[Preparation of composition for antiviral agent]
<Preparation of antiviral composition of Examples 48 to 103>
According to the preparation method of the composition for antivirals of Example 1, compositions for antivirals of Examples 48 to 103 were prepared with the component combinations and pH shown in Table 2, and evaluated in the same manner as Example 1. The
<ClogP値の測定>
 なお、化合物のClogP値、炭化水素基のClogP値は、ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13で計算した。なお、ここでいう「炭化水素基」とは、各化合物中の*-COORX1、*-CONRX1 、*-CONHRX1、*-CONRX1Y1又は*-COORX2-O-CO-*で表される部位の「RX1」「RX2」を意図する。但し、*-CONRX1X2で表される部位については、「RX1」及び「RX2」の合計炭素数を意図する。
<Measurement of ClogP value>
The ClogP value of the compound and the ClogP value of the hydrocarbon group were calculated by ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13. Here, the "hydrocarbon group", * -COOR X1 in each compound, * - CONR X1 2, * - CONHR X1, * - CONR X1 R Y1 or * -COOR X2 -O-CO- * Intended for "R X1 " and "R X2 " of the site represented by However, for the site represented by * -CONR X1 R X2 , the total carbon number of “R X1 ” and “R X2 ” is intended.
<pKaの測定>
 また、化合物のpKaは、下記の手順により測定した。なお、測定温度は、25℃であった。
 装置:電位差自動滴定装置AT-610(京都電子工業株式会社製)
(1)一価酸の場合
 化合物1mmolをエタノール40mLに溶解し、精製水10mLを加えた。1mol/Lの塩酸を1mL添加後、1mol/Lの水酸化ナトリウムにて滴定することにより、pKaを算出した。
(2)二価酸の場合
 化合物1mmolをエタノール40mLに溶解し、精製水10mLを加えた。1mol/Lの塩酸を2mL添加後、1mol/Lの水酸化ナトリウムにて滴定することにより、pKaを算出した。
<Measurement of pKa>
Moreover, pKa of the compound was measured by the following procedure. The measurement temperature was 25 ° C.
Device: Potentiometric automatic titrator AT-610 (manufactured by Kyoto Denshi Kogyo Co., Ltd.)
(1) In the case of monohydric acid 1 mmol of the compound was dissolved in 40 mL of ethanol, and 10 mL of purified water was added. After 1 mL of 1 mol / L hydrochloric acid was added, pKa was calculated by titration with 1 mol / L sodium hydroxide.
(2) In the case of a diacid: 1 mmol of the compound was dissolved in 40 mL of ethanol, and 10 mL of purified water was added. After adding 2 mL of 1 mol / L hydrochloric acid, pKa was calculated by titration with 1 mol / L sodium hydroxide.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
 以下に、表2中の化合物(5)~化合物(7)を示す。 The compounds (5) to (7) in Table 2 are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 実施例48~87の対比から、pHが10.5以下の場合、特定フェノール系化合物において、pKaが10.5以上であり、且つ、化合物自体のClogP値が7.00以上であるか、又は、pKaが11.5以上であり、且つ、化合物自体のClogP値が5.00以上である場合、ネコカリシウイルスに対してより優れた抗ウイルス活性を示すことが確認された。上記構成とした場合、アルコール含有量が比較的少ない(実施例70参照)とき、又は組成物のpHが比較的低い(実施例74、実施例78及び実施例87参照)のときであっても、ネコカリシウイルスに対してより優れた抗ウイルス活性を示すことが確認された。
 実施例88~103の対比から、pHが10.5超(好ましくは11.0以上、より好ましくは11.5以上)の場合、特定フェノール系化合物において、pKaが10.5以上であればネコカリシウイルスに対してより優れた抗ウイルス活性を示し、pKaが11.5以上であれば、特に優れた抗ウイルス活性を示すことが確認された。
From the comparison of Examples 48 to 87, when the pH is 10.5 or less, in the specific phenolic compound, the pKa is 10.5 or more, and the ClogP value of the compound itself is 7.00 or more, or When the pKa is 11.5 or more and the ClogP value of the compound itself is 5.00 or more, it was confirmed that the compound exhibits superior antiviral activity against feline calicivirus. In the case of the above configuration, even when the alcohol content is relatively low (see Example 70) or the pH of the composition is relatively low (see Example 74, Example 78 and Example 87). It has been confirmed that the compound exhibits better antiviral activity against feline calicivirus.
From the comparison of Examples 88 to 103, when the pH is more than 10.5 (preferably 11.0 or more, more preferably 11.5 or more), in the specific phenolic compound, if the pKa is 10.5 or more, the cat is It has been confirmed that the compound exhibits superior antiviral activity against calicivirus, and exhibits a particularly excellent antiviral activity if pKa is 11.5 or more.
[実施例1~4、実施例104~106、比較例6]
〔抗ウイルス用組成物の調製〕
<実施例1~4、実施例104~106、比較例6の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製>
 表3に記載の実施例1~4、実施例104~106、比較例6の抗ウイルス用組成物を各々調製した。なお、表3に記載の実施例1~4の抗ウイルス用組成物は、表1に記載の実施例1~4の抗ウイルス用組成物と同じである。
[Examples 1 to 4, Examples 104 to 106, Comparative Example 6]
[Preparation of composition for antiviral agent]
Preparation of Antiviral Composition of Examples 1 to 4, Examples 104 to 106, and Comparative Example 6
The antiviral compositions of Examples 1-4, Examples 104-106, and Comparative Example 6 described in Table 3 were respectively prepared. The antiviral compositions of Examples 1 to 4 listed in Table 3 are the same as the antiviral compositions of Examples 1 to 4 listed in Table 1.
〔評価〕
<抗ネコカリシウイルス活性の評価>
 抗ネコカリシウイルス活性の評価については、実施例1の抗ネコカリシウイルス活性の評価と同様に行った。なお、比較例6では、評価を実施しなかった。
[Evaluation]
<Evaluation of anti-cat calicivirus activity>
The evaluation of the anti-feline calicivirus activity was carried out in the same manner as the evaluation of the anti-feline calicivirus activity of Example 1. In Comparative Example 6, the evaluation was not performed.
<金属腐食性の評価>
 次に、各抗ウイルス用組成物約100mLをステンレス製のバットにとり、密閉条件下、室温にて、アルミニウム、銅、及び真鍮の各プレートを浸漬した。一週間後、各プレートを取り出し、目視でプレート表面を観察し、下記評価基準により評価した。結果を表3に示す。
<Evaluation of metal corrosiveness>
Next, about 100 mL of each antiviral composition was placed in a stainless steel vat, and each plate of aluminum, copper and brass was immersed at room temperature under closed conditions. After one week, each plate was taken out, the plate surface was visually observed, and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Table 3.
(評価基準)
 「A」:変化なし。
 「B」:光沢の低下や若干の色の変化が確認された。
 「C」:錆が発生した。
(Evaluation criteria)
"A": No change.
"B": Decrease in gloss and slight color change were confirmed.
"C": Rust has occurred.
 以下の表において、「oleyl」とは、C1835で表される不飽和アルキル基を意図する。 In the following table, "oleyl" intends an unsaturated alkyl group represented by C 18 H 35 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
 表3の結果から、抗ウイルス用組成物がpH12.0以下である場合、アルミ板、銅、及び真鍮に対する腐食がほぼ観測されないことが分かった。
 一方、ノロウイルス消毒剤として汎用される次亜塩素酸ナトリウム(比較例6)を抗ウイルス剤として用いた場合、アルミニウムに対する若干の腐食と、銅及び真鍮に対する激しい腐食が確認された。
From the results in Table 3, it was found that when the composition for antiviral agent had a pH of 12.0 or less, almost no corrosion was observed on aluminum plate, copper and brass.
On the other hand, when sodium hypochlorite (comparative example 6) widely used as a norovirus disinfectant was used as an antiviral agent, some corrosion to aluminum and severe corrosion to copper and brass were confirmed.
[実施例4、実施例107~112、比較例7~8]
〔抗ウイルス用組成物の調製〕
<実施例4、実施例107~112、比較例7~8の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製>
 実施例1の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製方法に準じて、表4に示す成分配合及びpHにて、実施例4、実施例107~112、比較例7~8の抗ウイルス用組成物を調製した。なお、表4に記載の実施例4の抗ウイルス用組成物は、表1に記載の実施例4の抗ウイルス用組成物と同じである。
[Example 4, Examples 107 to 112, Comparative Examples 7 to 8]
[Preparation of composition for antiviral agent]
Preparation of antiviral compositions of Example 4, Examples 107 to 112, and Comparative Examples 7 to 8
Preparation of antiviral compositions of Example 4, Examples 107 to 112 and Comparative Examples 7 to 8 with the component combinations and pH shown in Table 4 according to the method of preparing the antiviral composition of Example 1. did. The composition for antiviral of Example 4 described in Table 4 is the same as the composition for antiviral of Example 4 described in Table 1.
〔評価〕
<ウェットワイパー形態での抗ウイルス活性の評価>
 日本衛生材料工業会が定める「ウェットワイパー類の除菌性能試験方法(平成27年11月16日改定版)」を参考にして、実施例4、実施例107~112、及び比較例7~8の抗ウイルス用組成物について、拭き取り試験を実施した。具体的な要領としては、日本衛生材料工業会が定める「ウェットワイパー類の除菌性能試験方法(平成27年11月16日改定版)」に準じて、試験担体(ステンレス板)に、MEM(Minimum Essential Media)培地中でネコカリシウイルス(Feline calicivirus:ATCC VR-782)を培養して得たウイルス液を接種し、これを乾燥後、実施例4、実施例107~112、及び比較例7~8の抗ウイルス用組成物を含浸させた試験布を巻きつけたおもりで拭き取った。次に、上記試験担体(ステンレス板)をSCDLP培地20mLに入れ、試験担体から残存したウイルスを洗い出し、検体作成用のウイルス液とした。また、抗ウイルス用組成物を含浸させた試験布に代えて、滅菌精製水を含浸させた試験布を用いた以外は上記と同様にして、対照検体作成用のウイルス液を得た。
 次に、上記検体作成用のウイルス液の0.1mLを寒天培地上で培養したCRFK細胞に、接種し、37℃で1時間吸着させた。次に、CRFK細胞上の試験液を洗い流し、寒天培地を重層して2~3日間培養した。培養後、寒天培地上に形成されたプラーク数を計数し、感染価を算出し、これを「抗ウイルス用組成物の感染価」とした。また、検体作成用のウイルス液に代えて対照検体作成用のウィルス液を用いた以外は上記と同様にして作製した検体についても感染価を算出し、これを「対照の感染価」とした。
 抗ウイルス用組成物の抗ウイルス性(抗ウイルス活性値)は下記式2を用いて算出し、計算結果を下記基準を用いて評価した。結果を表4に示す。
[Evaluation]
<Evaluation of antiviral activity in the form of wet wiper>
Example 4, Example 107 to 112, and Comparative Examples 7 to 8 with reference to “Testing method of sterilization performance of wet wipers (revised version on November 16, 2015)” defined by the Japan Sanitation Material Industries Association. The wiping test was carried out for the antiviral composition of As a specific point, MEM (test sheet (stainless steel plate)) MEM (in accordance with “Method for testing sterilization performance of wet wipers (revised version on November 16, 2015)” defined by the Japan Sanitation Material Industries Association) A virus solution obtained by culturing feline calicivirus (Feline calicivirus: ATCC VR-782) in the medium of Minimum Essential Media) is inoculated, and after drying, Example 4, Examples 107 to 112, and Comparative Example 7 A test cloth impregnated with the antiviral composition of ̃8 was wiped with a wound weight. Next, the test carrier (stainless steel plate) was placed in 20 mL of SCDLP medium, and the virus remaining from the test carrier was washed out to obtain a virus solution for sample preparation. Further, a virus solution for preparing a control sample was obtained in the same manner as described above except that a test cloth impregnated with sterile purified water was used instead of the test cloth impregnated with the antiviral composition.
Next, CRFK cells cultured on agar medium were inoculated with 0.1 mL of the virus solution for sample preparation, and adsorbed at 37 ° C. for 1 hour. Next, the test solution on CRFK cells was washed away, and the agar medium was overlaid and cultured for 2 to 3 days. After the culture, the number of plaques formed on the agar medium was counted to calculate the infectivity titer, which was defined as "infectivity titer of the composition for antiviral agent". Moreover, the infectivity titer was calculated also about the sample produced similarly to the above except having replaced with the virus liquid for sample preparation, and having used the virus liquid for control sample preparation, and this was made into "the infectivity titer of control."
The antiviral property (antiviral activity value) of the composition for antivirals was computed using following formula 2, and the calculation result was evaluated using the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 4.
 式2: 抗ウイルス活性値=A-B
 上記Aは、対照の感染価の常用対数値を表す。
 上記Bは、抗ウイルス用組成物の感染価の常用対数値を表す。
(評価基準)
 「A」:抗ウイルス活性値が2.5以上
 「B」:抗ウイルス活性値が2.0以上2.5未満
 「C」:抗ウイルス活性値が2.0未満
Formula 2: Antiviral activity value = AB
The above A represents the common logarithm of the infectivity titer of the control.
The above B represents the common logarithm value of the infective titer of the antiviral composition.
(Evaluation criteria)
"A": antiviral activity value is 2.5 or more "B": antiviral activity value is 2.0 or more and less than 2.5 "C": antiviral activity value is less than 2.0
<ばらつきの評価>
 表4に示す実施例4、実施例107~112、及び比較例7~8の抗ウイルス用組成物を各々5ロットずつ作製し、各々に対して、上記と同様の方法で拭き取り試験を実施した。次いで、ウェットワイパー形態での抗ウイルス活性の評価にて示した方法と同様の方法で抗ウイルス活性値を算出し、下記評価基準により評価した。結果を表4に示す。
(評価基準)
 「A」:抗ウイルス活性値の最大値と最小値の差が0.3未満
 「B」:抗ウイルス活性値の最大値と最小値の差が0.3以上、0.5未満
 「C」:抗ウイルス活性値の最大値と最小値の差が0.5以上
<Evaluation of variation>
The antiviral compositions of Example 4 and Examples 107 to 112 and Comparative Examples 7 to 8 shown in Table 4 were produced in 5 lots each, and the wiping test was conducted on each of them in the same manner as described above. . Subsequently, the antiviral activity value was computed by the method similar to the method shown by evaluation of the antiviral activity in a wet wiper form, and the following evaluation criteria evaluated. The results are shown in Table 4.
(Evaluation criteria)
"A": The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the antiviral activity value is less than 0.3 "B": The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the antiviral activity value is 0.3 or more and less than 0.5 "C" : The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the antiviral activity value is 0.5 or more
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
 表4の結果から、アルコールとして、炭素数2以下のアルコール(例えば、エタノール、又はメタノール)と、炭素数3以上のアルコール(例えば、イソプロパノール、1-ブタノール、又は2-ペンタノール)とを併用すると、抗ネコカリシウイルス活性値が向上し、且つ、そのばらつきが小さくなることが分かった。
 炭素数3以上のアルコール(イソプロパノール(CLogP値:0.0740)、1-ブタノール(CLogP値:0.823)、2-ペンタノール(CLogP値:1.13)等)は、炭素数2以下のアルコール(メタノール(CLogP値:-0.764)、エタノール(CLogP値:-0.235))よりも脂溶性が高く、界面活性機能が高いと想定される。このため、炭素数2以下のアルコール及び炭素数3以上のアルコールを併用した実施例107~112は、炭素数2以下のアルコールを単独で用いた実施例4と比較すると、アルコール類とフェノキサイドアニオンとの相乗効果がより強化され、抗ウイルス活性が向上するとともに、物理的にウイルス及び汚れを除去できたと考えられる。
From the results in Table 4, when alcohol having two or less carbon atoms (eg, ethanol or methanol) and alcohol having three or more carbon atoms (eg, isopropanol, 1-butanol or 2-pentanol) are used in combination It was found that the anti-feline calicivirus activity value was improved and the variation was reduced.
Alcohols having 3 or more carbon atoms (isopropanol (CLogP value: 0.0740), 1-butanol (CLogP value: 0.823), 2-pentanol (CLogP value: 1.13, etc.)) have 2 or less carbon atoms It is assumed that the lipid solubility is higher and the surfactant function is higher than alcohol (methanol (C Log P value: -0.764), ethanol (C Log P value:-0.235)). Therefore, Examples 107 to 112 in which the alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and the alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms are used in combination are the alcohol and the phenoxide anion when compared with Example 4 in which the alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms is used alone. It is considered that the synergistic effect with the above was further intensified, the antiviral activity was improved, and viruses and stains were physically removed.
[実施例4、実施例113~117、比較例9]
〔抗ウイルス用組成物の調製〕
<実施例4、実施例113~117、比較例9の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製>
 実施例1の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製方法に準じて、表5に示す成分配合及びpHにて実施例4、実施例113~117、比較例9の抗ウイルス用組成物を調製した。なお、表5に記載の実施例4の抗ウイルス用組成物は、表1に記載の実施例4の抗ウイルス用組成物と同じである。
Example 4, Examples 113 to 117, Comparative Example 9
[Preparation of composition for antiviral agent]
Preparation of antiviral composition of Example 4, Examples 113 to 117, and Comparative Example 9
According to the preparation method of the composition for antiviral of Example 1, compositions for antiviral of Example 4, Examples 113 to 117 and Comparative Example 9 were prepared with the component combination and pH shown in Table 5. The composition for antiviral of Example 4 described in Table 5 is the same as the composition for antiviral of Example 4 described in Table 1.
〔評価〕
<抗ウイルス活性値およびそのばらつきの評価>
 実施例4、実施例113~117、比較例9の抗ウイルス用組成物について、実施例4、実施例107~112、及び比較例7~8と同様の方法により抗ウイルス活性値とばらつきの評価を行った。結果を表5に示す。
[Evaluation]
<Evaluation of antiviral activity value and its variation>
Evaluation of antiviral activity value and variation of the antiviral composition of Example 4 and Examples 113 to 117 and Comparative Example 9 by the same method as that of Example 4 and Examples 107 to 112 and Comparative Examples 7 to 8 Did. The results are shown in Table 5.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
 表5の結果から、抗ウイルス用組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、抗ネコカリシスウイルス活性が向上し、且つ、そのばらつきも小さいことが分かった。 From the results in Table 5, it was found that when the composition for antiviral agent contains a surfactant, the activity of feline caliris virus is improved and the variation thereof is also small.
[実施例3、実施例4、実施例6、実施例23、実施例36、実施例118]
〔抗ウイルス用組成物の調製〕
<実施例3、実施例4、実施例6、実施例23、実施例36、実施例118の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製>
 実施例1の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製方法に準じて、表6に示す成分配合及びpHにて実施例3、実施例4、実施例6、実施例23、実施例36、実施例118の抗ウイルス用組成物を調製した。なお、表6に記載の実施例3、実施例4、実施例6、実施例23、実施例36の抗ウイルス用組成物は、表1に記載の実施例3、実施例4、実施例6、実施例23、実施例36の抗ウイルス用組成物と各々同じである。
Example 3, Example 4, Example 6, Example 23, Example 36, Example 118!
[Preparation of composition for antiviral agent]
<Preparation of antiviral composition of Example 3, Example 4, Example 6, Example 23, Example 36, Example 118>
In accordance with the preparation method of the composition for antiviral of Example 1, the component combinations and pH shown in Table 6 in Example 3, Example 4, Example 6, Example 23, Example 36, Example 118 An antiviral composition was prepared. The antiviral compositions of Example 3, Example 4, Example 6, Example 23, and Example 36 described in Table 6 were the same as Example 3, Example 4, and Example 6 described in Table 1. Example 23, the antiviral composition of Example 36 is respectively the same.
〔評価〕
 表6に示す組成物について、インフルエンザウイルス、及び一般細菌に対する活性評価を行った。
<抗インフルエンザウイルス活性の評価>
 MEM(Minimum Essential Media)培地中でインフルエンザウィルス(Influenza A virus(H3N2):ATCC VR-1679)を培養して得たウイルス液を、上記で作製した組成物に接種した後に、10秒間撹拌し、約25℃で1分間静置した。次に、ウイルス液接種後の組成物の0.1mLを回収し、9.9mLのSCDLP培地(Soybean-Casein Digest Broth with Lecithin & Polysorbate 80)に入れてよく混合し、試験液を得た。次に、寒天培地上で培養したMDCK細胞(犬腎尿細管上皮由来細胞、ATCC CCL-34)に、上記試験液を0.1mL接種し、34℃で1時間吸着させた。次に、MDCK細胞上の試験液を洗い流し、寒天培地を重層して2~3日間培養した。培養後、寒天培地上に形成されたプラーク数を計数し、感染価を算出し、これを「組成物の感染価」とした。また、組成物に代えて滅菌済精製水を用いた以外は上記と同様にして作製した検体についても感染価を算出し、これを「対照の感染価」とした。
 抗ウイルス活性値の算出及び評価については、実施例1の抗ネコカリシウイルス活性の評価と同様に行った。
 結果を表6に示す。
[Evaluation]
The compositions shown in Table 6 were evaluated for activity against influenza virus and general bacteria.
<Evaluation of anti-influenza virus activity>
After inoculation of the virus solution obtained by culturing influenza virus (Influenza A virus (H3N2): ATCC VR-1679) in MEM (Minimum Essential Media) medium into the composition prepared above, it is stirred for 10 seconds, It was allowed to stand at about 25 ° C. for 1 minute. Next, 0.1 mL of the composition after virus solution inoculation was collected and placed in 9.9 mL of SCDLP medium (Soybean-Casein Digest Broth with Lecithin & Polysorbate 80) and mixed well to obtain a test solution. Next, 0.1 mL of the above test solution was inoculated into MDCK cells (dog renal tubular epithelial derived cells, ATCC CCL-34) cultured on an agar medium, and adsorbed at 34 ° C. for 1 hour. Next, the test solution on MDCK cells was washed away, and the agar medium was overlaid and cultured for 2 to 3 days. After the culture, the number of plaques formed on the agar medium was counted to calculate the infectivity titer, which was defined as the "infectivity titer of the composition". Moreover, the infectivity titer was calculated also about the sample produced similarly to the above except having replaced with the composition and using sterilized purified water, and this was made into "the infectivity titer of control."
The calculation and evaluation of the antiviral activity value were performed in the same manner as the evaluation of the anti-feline calicivirus activity of Example 1.
The results are shown in Table 6.
<除菌(大腸菌・黄色ぶどう球菌)>
 洗剤・石けん公正取引協議会が定める「住宅用合成洗剤及び石けんの除菌活性試験方法」を用いて試験を実施した。試験に用いた細菌の菌株は、大腸菌:Escherichia coli NBRC 3972、黄色ぶどう球菌:Staphylococcus aureus NBRC 12732とした。抗菌活性値の算出及び評価については、実施例1の抗ネコカリシウイルス活性の評価と同様に行った。
 結果を表6に示す。
<Elimination (E. coli, Staphylococcus aureus)>
Tests were carried out using the “Test method for disinfecting activity of synthetic detergents and soaps for home use” defined by the Detergents and Soap Fair Trade Council. The strain of bacteria used for the test was E. coli: Escherichia coli NBRC 3972, and Staphylococcus aureus: Staphylococcus aureus NBRC 12732. The calculation and evaluation of the antibacterial activity value were performed in the same manner as the evaluation of the anti-feline calicivirus activity of Example 1.
The results are shown in Table 6.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
 本発明の抗ウイルス用組成物はインフルエンザウイルス、及び細菌に対しても高い活性を示すことが分かった。 The antiviral composition of the present invention was found to exhibit high activity against influenza virus and bacteria.

Claims (18)

  1.  下記化合物A、下記化合物B、及び下記化合物Cからなる群より選ばれる1種以上のフェノール系化合物と、
     アルコールを少なくとも含む溶媒と、を含み、
     pHが、9.5超14.0以下であり、
     同一の芳香環基に2個以上の水酸基を有する化合物を含まない、
    抗ウイルス用組成物。
     化合物A:下記式(1)で表される化合物
     化合物B:下記式(2)で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を1個又は2個除いた残基を2個以上含む化合物
     化合物C:下記式(3)で表される化合物
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     上記式(1)中、X11は、窒素原子、又は-CR11=を表す。R11は、水素原子、又は水酸基及びアルコキシカルボニル基を除く1価の置換基を表す。X12~X15は、各々独立に、窒素原子、又は-CR12=を表す。R12は、水素原子、又は水酸基を除く1価の置換基を表す。なお、複数のR12同士、並びに、R11及びR12は、互いに連結して環構造を形成してもよい。
     上記式(2)中、X21は、窒素原子、又は-CR21=を表す。R21は、水素原子、又は水酸基を除く1価の置換基を表す。X22~X25は、各々独立に、窒素原子、又は-CR22=を表す。R22は、水素原子、又は水酸基を除く1価の置換基を表す。なお、複数のR22同士、並びに、R21及びR22は、互いに連結して環構造を形成してもよい。
     上記式(3)中、X31~X33は、各々独立に、窒素原子、又は-CR31=を表す。R31は、水素原子、又は水酸基を除く1価の置換基を表す。複数のR31同士は、互いに連結して環構造を形成してもよい。Y31及びY32は、各々独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、>NR32、>C=O、-CR33=CR34-、又は>C=Sを表す。R32、R33、及びR34は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は水酸基を除く1価の置換基を表す。
     但し、Y31が酸素原子、硫黄原子、>NR32、又は-CR33=CR34-を表す場合、Y32は、>C=O、又は>C=Sを表す。また、Y32が酸素原子、硫黄原子、>NR32、又は-CR33=CR34-を表す場合、Y31は、>C=O、又は>C=Sを表す。
    At least one phenolic compound selected from the group consisting of the following compound A, the following compound B, and the following compound C,
    A solvent containing at least an alcohol,
    pH is more than 9.5 and less than 14.0,
    Does not contain compounds having two or more hydroxyl groups in the same aromatic ring group,
    Antiviral composition.
    Compound A: Compound Represented by the Following Formula (1) Compound B: Residue in the Compound Represented by the Following Formula (2), in which one or two hydrogen atoms other than hydrogen atoms in hydroxyl groups have been removed Compound containing at least one compound C: compound represented by the following formula (3)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In the above formula (1), X 11 represents a nitrogen atom or -CR 11 =. R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group. Each of X 12 to X 15 independently represents a nitrogen atom or -CR 12 =. R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group. In addition, a plurality of R 12 's, and R 11 and R 12 may be mutually linked to form a ring structure.
    In the above formula (2), X 21 represents a nitrogen atom or -CR 21 =. R 21 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group. Each of X 22 to X 25 independently represents a nitrogen atom or —CR 22を. R 22 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group. In addition, a plurality of R 22 's, and R 21 and R 22 may be mutually linked to form a ring structure.
    In the above formula (3), X 31 to X 33 each independently represent a nitrogen atom or —CR 31 =. R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group. A plurality of R 31 's may be linked to each other to form a ring structure. Y 31 and Y 32 each independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom,> NR 32 ,> C = O, —CR 33 CRCR 34 —, or> C = S. Each of R 32 , R 33 and R 34 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group.
    However, in the case where Y 31 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom,> NR 32 or —CR 33 CRCR 34 —, Y 32 represents> C = O or> CYS. Further, Y 32 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom,> NR 32, or -CR 33 = CR 34 - may represent, Y 31 represents a> C = O, or> C = S.
  2.  前記化合物AのpKa、前記化合物BのpKa、及び前記化合物CのpKaが、いずれも10.0以上である、請求項1に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。 The antiviral composition according to claim 1, wherein the pKa of the compound A, the pKa of the compound B, and the pKa of the compound C are all 10.0 or more.
  3.  前記化合物AのpKa、前記化合物BのpKa、及び前記化合物CのpKaが、いずれも10.5以上である、請求項1又は2に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。 The composition for antivirals of Claim 1 or 2 whose pKa of the said compound A, pKa of the said compound B, and pKa of the said compound C are all 10.5 or more.
  4.  前記化合物AのpKa、前記化合物BのpKa、及び前記化合物CのpKaが、いずれも11.5以上である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。 The antiviral composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein each of the pKa of the compound A, the pKa of the compound B, and the pKa of the compound C is 11.5 or more.
  5.  前記化合物AのClogP値、前記化合物BのClogP値、及び前記化合物CのClogP値が、いずれも5.00~20.00である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。 The antiviral according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the ClogP value of the compound A, the ClogP value of the compound B, and the ClogP value of the compound C are all 5.00 to 20.00. Composition.
  6.  前記化合物AのClogP値、前記化合物BのClogP値、及び前記化合物CのClogP値が、いずれも7.00~15.00である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。 The antiviral according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the ClogP value of the compound A, the ClogP value of the compound B, and the ClogP value of the compound C are all 7.00 to 15.00. Composition.
  7.  前記式(1)で表される化合物が、下記式(4)又は下記式(5)で表される化合物である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     上記式(4)中、X12及びX15は、各々独立に、窒素原子、又は-CR12=を表す。R12は、水素原子、又は水酸基を除く1価の置換基を表す。L4は、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。R4は、水素原子、又は1価の置換基を表す。但し、-L4-R4で表される基は、水酸基及びアルコキシカルボニル基のいずれでもない。
     上記式(5)中、X11は、窒素原子、又は-CR11=を表す。R11は、水素原子、又は水酸基及びアルコキシカルボニル基を除く1価の置換基を表す。X15は、窒素原子、又は-CR12=を表す。R12は、水素原子、又は水酸基を除く1価の置換基を表す。L5は、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。R5は、水素原子、又は1価の置換基を表す。但し、-L5-R5で表される基は、水酸基ではない。
    The antiviral composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the compound represented by the formula (1) is a compound represented by the following formula (4) or the following formula (5).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In the above formula (4), X 12 and X 15 each independently represent a nitrogen atom or -CR 12 =. R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group. L 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. However, the group represented by -L 4 -R 4 is neither a hydroxyl group nor an alkoxycarbonyl group.
    In the above formula (5), X 11 represents a nitrogen atom or -CR 11 =. R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group. X 15 represents a nitrogen atom or -CR 12 =. R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent other than a hydroxyl group. L 5 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. However, the group represented by -L 5 -R 5 is not a hydroxyl group.
  8.  前記アルコールの含有量が、前記溶媒の全体積に対して、30~100体積%である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。 The antiviral composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the content of the alcohol is 30 to 100% by volume based on the total volume of the solvent.
  9.  前記溶媒が、炭素数2以下のアルコールと、炭素数3以上のアルコールと、を含む、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。 The antiviral composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the solvent contains an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms.
  10.  更に、4級アンモニウム塩を含む、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。 The antiviral composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, further comprising a quaternary ammonium salt.
  11.  更に、界面活性剤を含む、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。 The antiviral composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, further comprising a surfactant.
  12.  前記フェノール系化合物の含有量が、組成物の全質量に対して、0.10質量%以上である、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。 The antiviral composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the content of the phenolic compound is 0.10% by mass or more based on the total mass of the composition.
  13.  pHが10.5~12.0である、請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。 The antiviral composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the pH is 10.5 to 12.0.
  14.  液剤である、請求項1~13のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。 The antiviral composition according to any one of claims 1 to 13, which is a liquid agent.
  15.  ジェル剤である、請求項1~13のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物。 The antiviral composition according to any one of claims 1 to 13, which is a gel.
  16.  請求項1~15のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物からなる、抗ノロウイルス用組成物。 An anti-norovirus composition comprising the antiviral composition according to any one of claims 1 to 15.
  17.  スプレー容器と、前記スプレー容器に収容された1~15のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物と、を含む、スプレー。 A spray comprising: a spray container; and the antiviral composition according to any one of 1 to 15 contained in the spray container.
  18.  基布と、前記基布に含浸させた1~15のいずれか1項に記載の抗ウイルス用組成物と、を含むワイパー。 A wiper comprising a backing and the antiviral composition according to any one of 1 to 15 impregnated in the backing.
PCT/JP2018/039435 2017-10-31 2018-10-24 Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper WO2019087883A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019551183A JPWO2019087883A1 (en) 2017-10-31 2018-10-24 Antiviral composition, antinorovirus composition, spray, wiper

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-211398 2017-10-31
JP2017211398 2017-10-31
JP2018-141300 2018-07-27
JP2018141300 2018-07-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019087883A1 true WO2019087883A1 (en) 2019-05-09

Family

ID=66331803

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/039435 WO2019087883A1 (en) 2017-10-31 2018-10-24 Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2019087883A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2019087883A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110215441A (en) * 2019-07-16 2019-09-10 临沂大学 Application of the hydroquinone derivative in preparation antiviral drugs
WO2020022437A1 (en) * 2018-07-27 2020-01-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper and compound
EP3954396A1 (en) * 2020-08-10 2022-02-16 Proteck Germany GmbH Method, apparatus and system for disinfecting air and/or surfaces
WO2023145619A1 (en) * 2022-01-31 2023-08-03 花王株式会社 Non-enveloped virus inactivation composition

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05286808A (en) * 1992-01-25 1993-11-02 Bayer Ag Fluid germicide
JP2000106865A (en) * 1998-07-29 2000-04-18 Aventis Behring Gmbh Method for cleanup of viral contamination and agent therefor
JP2004513153A (en) * 2000-11-09 2004-04-30 イェルク・ペーター・シューア Drug containing a bactericidal composition containing GRAS flavor or derivative thereof

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05286808A (en) * 1992-01-25 1993-11-02 Bayer Ag Fluid germicide
JP2000106865A (en) * 1998-07-29 2000-04-18 Aventis Behring Gmbh Method for cleanup of viral contamination and agent therefor
JP2004513153A (en) * 2000-11-09 2004-04-30 イェルク・ペーター・シューア Drug containing a bactericidal composition containing GRAS flavor or derivative thereof

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020022437A1 (en) * 2018-07-27 2020-01-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper and compound
CN110215441A (en) * 2019-07-16 2019-09-10 临沂大学 Application of the hydroquinone derivative in preparation antiviral drugs
CN110215441B (en) * 2019-07-16 2022-05-17 临沂大学 Application of hydroquinone derivative in preparation of antiviral drug
EP3954396A1 (en) * 2020-08-10 2022-02-16 Proteck Germany GmbH Method, apparatus and system for disinfecting air and/or surfaces
WO2023145619A1 (en) * 2022-01-31 2023-08-03 花王株式会社 Non-enveloped virus inactivation composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2019087883A1 (en) 2020-11-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019087884A1 (en) Composition, antimicrobial composition, antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray and wiper
WO2019087883A1 (en) Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper
TWI439274B (en) Antiviral method
KR101519770B1 (en) Compositions comprising metallated malodor control polymers
WO2011119517A2 (en) Antimicrobial compositions
JP7173888B2 (en) composition, spray, wiper
JP2020125259A (en) Composition, spray, and wiper
JP7168678B2 (en) composition, spray, wiper
JP2023145634A (en) Antimicrobial composition
JP7022216B2 (en) Antiviral compositions, antinorovirus compositions, sprays, wipers, compounds
CN102973540B (en) Antiviral method and compositions
MXPA01010844A (en) Antimicrobial polymeric compositions.
WO2020045413A1 (en) Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, and wiper
JP7157172B2 (en) composition, spray, wiper
JP7007540B2 (en) Allergen reduction and antibacterial composition
WO2019087881A1 (en) Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper
KR20070068070A (en) Composition having antimicroorganism performance, a filter for indoor air quality applying the same and manufacturing method thereof
WO2019087888A1 (en) Composition, antimicrobial composition, antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray and wipe
JP7132332B2 (en) antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper, compound
WO2022038955A1 (en) Virus inactivating agent composition, virus inactivation efficacy enhancing method, and virus inactivation method
EP4153253A1 (en) Method of manufacturing a freshening compositions comprising particles suspended in a structured aqueous composition
WO2020066570A1 (en) Composition, spray, wiper
JP2019081743A (en) Composition, spray, and wiper
JP2010285387A (en) Norovirus deactivator
JP2017043559A (en) Antibacterial agent composition

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18873826

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019551183

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18873826

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1